RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to The Isles of Mercia

22:45, 21st May 2024 (GMT+0)

Closed ~ Perdane: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3.

Posted by DM RyanFor group archive 0
DM Ryan
GM, 284 posts
Sat 7 Feb 2015
at 17:19
  • msg #1

Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Bright light was blinding. Jacqueline lifted a hand in front of her eyes to block out the sun. She squinted and peered through her slightly spaced fingers. The door hung wide open, and the mid-afternoon sun shined directly through it casting a ray of brightness in the shape of a door across the tavern room. The figure standing in the doorway was a mere silhouette, blackened by the sun at his back. But Jacqueline knew exactly who he was. That voice had become familiar, unforgettable.

She felt strange when she heard that voice now, as though her emotions could no longer agree on how to react. There was pain. She’d had a father for a day, but just a day. It was a time cut short because of that voice. But even though she’d lost a father, she’d gained a mother that very same day, a real mother. Thoughts of loss were so closely entwined with an inner warmth that her mind could not seem to tell them apart. They struggled to separate, or one overpower the other, but both were so potent that they persisted in equal strength. It was a conflicted feeling. So yes, there was pain. But there was also joy.

That voice of course belonged to Adwonus. Jacqueline could not forget that mere hours ago they’d been locked in a room together, forced into unpleasant company. In hindsight, she could see that that had been good for her, to help unravel those conflicting feelings. But at times, it seemed almost dangerous to look into her own thoughts. It would have been so easy to give into the hate. The closeness she came frightened her. That entire side of her frightened her. Her whole life had been hardship from the time she’d been small. Nothing ever came easy but always in the harshest way. Yet throughout all that time, she’d never let herself be consumed by despair and anger, yet it always lingered in a dark corner of the mind, always present, barely there.

Wisps of cloud in the sky drifted over the sun, and the silhouette dimmed into the clear personage of Adwonus. His burgundy leather armor and cloak clashed with the dull green color of his skin, a contrast of color he seemed to prefer, as though he was bragging about his distinction from humanity. Small tusks peaked out from his lower jaw though there weren't nearly as large as a full-blooded orc’s. His face still had the rough features of an orc with pronounced jaw and cheekbones, but they were rounded only slightly. Rarely his expression was anything except stoic, a cold impassivity Adwonus seemed to apply toward everything, especially humans. But for a brief moment, Jacqueline was surprised; with the dimming of the sunlight, she caught an unusual fullness in Adwonus’ eyes. They seemed so emotive, reflecting a passion in the most human way. For a split second they made eye contact. He must’ve realized he was betraying himself, for he immediately blinked away his expression. Once more his countenance returned to something neutral and cold.

You wanted to talk about something?” Johannes said. Jacqueline had almost forgotten herself in thought. She snapped back to the moment. Johannes sat across the table from her with his hand still grasping a mug of ale. Like the rest of their companions, his head was turned toward Adwonus, wondering what to make of his sudden return. Johannes was already pushing aways his plate and putting things back in his backpack when Adwonus replied, “We need to talk.” With deliberate casualness, Johannes got up from the bench and walked toward Adwonus at the door. Always ready to do the talking, Jacqueline thought to herself as she watched Johannes depart. “Well, better him than me I guess,” she spoke aloud at barely a whisper. She grabbed her own mug and took a long sip. It was a bittersweet brew. And there was something else flavoring it. Pumpkin? The door closed shut as Adwonus and Johannes stepped outside. Good thing too; the sun was in her eyes again.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 20 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Wed 11 Feb 2015
at 19:14
  • msg #2

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem, feeling rather proud of himself, cleans up his fiddle and begins to pack his belongings, putting a small portion of his earnings into a small pouch on his belt. Still not quite sure what to make of this half orc, he keeps a close eye on him, especially his weapon arm. Looking at Lady Jacqueline as Johannes and Adwonus walk to have a private conversation, he asks, "Whats the deal between you guys? Seems kinda hostile around here when he's around.."
Herr Johannes
player, 170 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Wed 11 Feb 2015
at 20:52
  • msg #3

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Before I step outside, I respond to the others.

[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood:
When I turn away from Adwonus, a stern look is on my face. It is evident that there is frustration at this additional delay. "Get you things, pack to leave. We cannot keep getting delayed. We know our objective, we must pursue it. I do not know what this is all about, but I am not about to get embroiled in some fruitless delay. Be prepared to move out in 10 minutes. Keep an eye and ear out for attacks... like why Adwonus wants me to step outside?"

(In case you all do not recall, since it was a month ago, our current objective was to: find Kelden and warn him as soon as possible, about the impending attack on his hidden headquarters, now discovered somehow by the enemy. We know the key to finding him is hidden within the secrets of the map. We are proceeding to the nearest 'point P' (the circled area indicated next to the nearest 'P" on the map) to determine if its location could tell us anything about what it means on the map. We need to tell Kelden of the attack before tomorrow, and hopefully before tonight (so they have time to prepare).
]

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: I also whisper to Lady Jacqueline, "Could you finish packing my things while I talk to Adwonus, I am concerned about what this will be about. I am going to speak to him for us, so you can finish putting away the map slyly (unless you are finished already)."]

"Alright Adwonus, what did you wish to speak about? Can you speak here or shall we step just outside the door? It appears urgent whatever it is. Be concise, we need to be on our way, we have spent enough time at this inn already." I walk outside if so indicated, with my quarterstaff in hand.

[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood:
{If I am asked to step outside I motion for Mikael to join me and make a judgement of what Adwonus says/what his intentions are (i.e. make 2 SENSE MOTIVE checks).}
]

[Private to DM Ryan:
I watch and listen for adversaries outside the door.
{15:42, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20+1. Listen Check for adversaries outside.
15:41, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 2 using 1d20+1. Spot Check for adversaries outside.
}

I sense Adwonus motive of asking me to step outside, and of what this 'important' new problem is.
{15:47, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 10 using 1d20. Sense Motive, Adwonus, What is this new big delay all about?
15:47, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 6 using 1d20. Sense Motive, Adwonus, why does he want to have me step outside?
}

I stay aware of my surroundings, especially Adwonus possible hostility.
{15:49, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 14 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situation Awareness; MQ.
15:49, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 4 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situation Awareness; MQ.
}
]
This message was last edited by the player at 21:13, Wed 11 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 21 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Wed 11 Feb 2015
at 20:54
  • msg #4

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Imbellem Tueri (msg # 2):



[Private to DM Ryan: 15:52, Today: Imbellem Tueri rolled 16 using 1d20+5. Sense motive for Adwanus
15:53, Today: Imbellem Tueri rolled 10 using 1d20+6. Spot Check on Surroundings.
15:57, Today: Imbellem Tueri rolled 8 using 1d20+5. Listen Check on surroundings.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 8 using 1d20+6. Sense motive for Adwanus reason to go outside.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 25 using 1d20+5. Listen check on Adw. And Joh. Conversation.
]

[Private to not Adwonus Swillman; DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Herr Johannes; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood: Still being slightly uncomfortable with the situation, Imbellem quickly packs the remainder of his things, and trails behind Johannes and Adwanus. The sudden movement was made apparent to Johannes, as he turned, though not all the way to let Imbellem know that he was aware of his following the two in secret. Seeing as he didnt stop him, Imbellem felt that this was acceptable to the paladin. Simply being worried about worried about the outcome of the conversation, but being careful to stay out of sight, he raises an index finger toward the remaining members as he trails behind the two men, standing behind door frames and other bar patrons to try to listen to the conversation. Weapon at his side and at the ready. He still doesn.t know what to make of this half orc man..]
This message was last edited by the player at 03:22, Fri 13 Feb 2015.
Adwonus Swillman
player, 66 posts
HP:-1/24 AC:15
Items: BattleAxe, Leather
Wed 11 Feb 2015
at 22:14
  • msg #5

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Adwonus spoke.

[Private to Herr Johannes; Mikael Vaeltaja: The half orc brings Herr outside and finds a quiet place free of prying ears. When he feels it is safe he opens his mouth.
"I got some new words for you all to hear. Delcor lied, the pirates don't rule the roost. They're just entangled with Herrod's economy. The city depends on a lotta their 'activities'. It's not Delcor who is fit to rule. As it turns out, when the last ruler died, he had no heir. The king himself had to appoint the next house. It wasn't easy, and in the king chose Steyus. Delcor is bein' a poor sport. He's started these riots, played up the pirate's involvement in the economy into secrete leadership, and has turned half the city into canon fodder for his own gains.  If we were to go to all out war with the pirates, the city's entire economy would collapse. From what I hear, Steyus intends to slowly loosen their grip on trade once this has blown over. But for now, here my words: Delcor was not chosen by the king to lead, and therefore ain't right to rule. Gods know what will happen if he succeeds. I don't want to think about the king's reaction. Delcor needs to be captured, not assisted."

The half orc pauses before finishing the speech, taking in the paladin's mood, hoping he will listen."Things are never that apparent. Just because some one is playing the 'rebel' does not make them in the right. No matter how much they pander to everyone's idealism, it means nothing if it ain't true. Course the rebel leader's gonna come of as nice and charasmatic. He wouldn't have gotten this far if he'd been a hard ass. I'm asking all of you to take this in. I'll swear by Obad Hai that I'm not lying. Ol' Delcor's your villain. What good person causes this kinda Hell? People are bein' murdered all across the city. It's anarchy. You need to tell the party the rest of this. They won't listen to me. Heh. "
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:14, Fri 13 Feb 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 171 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Thu 12 Feb 2015
at 03:27
  • msg #6

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I converse with Adwonus.

[Private to Adwonus Swillman; Mikael Vaeltaja: I remain concentrated, thoughtful and calm as we speak. I furrow my brow in thought of the previous statement as I consider it, with a serious look on my face. "I do not doubt that you are being honest to the best of your knowledge. Tell me where you acquired this information. And where they acquired it from if possible. You seemed to come by it exceedingly rapidly."]

[Private to GM: Would this conversation include Mikael, because I motioned him to join me?

I sense Adwonus motive in telling me this-
Does he truly believe this information.
{22:24, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20. Sense Motive, Adwonus -does he believe himself; MQ.}
What is his true motive here.
{22:24, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 16 using 1d20. Sense Motive, Adwonus -what is his true motive; MQ.}

I look into Adwonus' eyes, searching for his intent... {22:37, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Adwonus eyes; MQ.} I would guess it is hones to himself, but whether I believe that the information he was told is true is weighed against his past experience and my familiarity with my cousin, Kelden. Biff's journal did say something about those pirates. But if anything I would think the pirates are trying to infiltrate Kelden's organization to depose him and keep Steyus, their puppet, in power. Perhaps there is truth in his words, but which part... Perhaps I need a second opinion.
     If no one from our group has joined me yet, I will look in the inn and ask for one of them to come out. (I will say more after Adwonus next post- this is a reminder to me of what I will do next.)
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:12, Fri 13 Feb 2015.
Adwonus Swillman
player, 67 posts
HP:-1/24 AC:15
Items: BattleAxe, Leather
Thu 12 Feb 2015
at 13:34
  • msg #7

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Adwonus stood calmly.

[Private to Herr Johannes; Mikael Vaeltaja: The half orc crosses his arms before speaking. "My source is reliable. She is a woman I have worked with for years. She's also told me herself that her loyalty is to keeping people safe. She's older than Steyus. Her lands fell victim to this same kind of chaos and she has dedicated her life to keeping it form happening elsewhere. I trust her."]
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:11, Fri 13 Feb 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 203 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Fri 13 Feb 2015
at 01:54
  • msg #8

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline sits in her sit, pondering.

[Private to DM Ryan: She reclines a little, inching her way to the edge of her seat to spy on Adwonus and Herr Johannes' conversation. Making sure to stay out of sight, she follows them and keeps her eyes wary of any trouble or weapons to be drawn. Her ears listened carefully to their message.

{20:52, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 23 using 1d20+8. Hide Check.
20:51, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 17 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.
20:51, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 21 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.}
]
DM Ryan
GM, 285 posts
Fri 13 Feb 2015
at 13:08
  • msg #9

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Sword clinking against his thigh as he moved, Herr Johannes walked toward the door. Adwonus waited patiently, holding the door open and allowing a gentle breeze to slip into the room. Johannes locked eye contact with his old party member, who responded with his ever stoic gaze. As Johannes approached, Adwonus nodded his head toward outside, motioning for a more private place to speak. Johannes paused and glanced back at the table, “Mikael, can you come with me? I’d like a second opinion in all this.” He turned and faced Adwonus, almost challengingly. “I take it that’s alright?” His dull green face remained impassive, calculating, and he finally gave a grudging nod. Mikael jogged up to them a moment later, still chewing a last bite of bread from the table, and all three stepped outside into the city streets.

[Private to Adwonus Swillman; Herr Johannes; Mikael Vaeltaja: Mikael closed the door behind them, and they stepped a few feet to the side, in front of the alley that ran next to the tavern. Adwonus glanced between Mikael and Herr Johannes before speaking, “Just hear me out, and try to keep a level head, alright?” He spoke his piece, and for a few minutes, they conversed {PMs now available to Mikael Vaeltaja}. Herr Johannes took a moment to think, leaning on the wall of the tavern and pondering what Adwonus had said. But he was briefly interrupted by a familiar squawking from above. Squawk. Red with blue and yellow wings, Johannes’ parrot fluttered down from the sky; Johannes straightened his back  and made room for the pet on his shoulder pad. It landed comfortably on the leather armored perch. Starting to appreciate the bird’s company, Johannes stroked the feathers along its chest. “Hey parrot whom I’ve yet to name. Enjoy your exercise?” Lifting one of its wings, the bird casually began cleaning itself.

Adwonus snorted and said, “I hear parrots don’t live long here. Boys shoot them down with arrows for sport.” The bird ceased cleaning and screeched “Live long, live long!” Mikael smirked at the parrot, “Heh, he seems to disagree with you.” The parrot craned its neck and stretched out its wings before folding them back up. “He’s fairly smart. I think he’ll be alright,” Johannes added. “And he might even prosper with all the fruit trees that grow around the city.” Giving the bird a skeptical glance, Adwonus simply shrugged. Squawk. The parrot repeated, “Live long and prosper!” Johannes laughed, and then said, “He sure learns words quickly enough.” “Meh, it’s just an animal,” Adwonus sneered. As the parrot seemed to doze off on his shoulder, Johannes had to admit that the bird didn’t seem all that smart, though it learned words almost as soon as they were said. Perhaps the creature was more lucky than smart, Johannes wondered. Either way, it made for pleasant company.

Back to the matter at hand,” Adwonus pressed. “The truth about Steyus and Delcor - I’ve told you what I know. Now, what say you?” Johannes took a deep breath before finally uttering, “I’m going to have to tell the party first.” Adwonus smirked as though he knew something he didn’t; he nodded head toward the front door of the tavern, “No need. They’re just on the other side of the door.” Suddenly, the knob slipped open and Imbellem and Jacqueline tumbled out into the street falling on top of each other, with Dwalin and Taisiya standing just behind them.
]

[Private to Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Taisiya Northwood: When the door closed, a sudden, resounding belch escaped Imbellem. “You know, I was thinking things were pretty tense there, but I was wrong - was just gas.” Dwalin sprayed out the ale he was drinking and burst into an uproarious laughter. Imbellem grinned widely, “But in all serious, shouldn't we like, follow them or something?” Lady Jacqueline was already hastily donning her backpack; her countenance was cold and serious, having paid no attention to Imbellem’s humor. “Yes, we should,” she spoke in a low tone, standing up from the table. Imbellem wiped off his lingering smile and swung his legs out over the bench, “I’ll come with you.” She acknowledged him with a stiff nod. He was still a new party member to her, unproven, untested. But she extended him enough trust in this.

The two crept toward the closed entrance to the tavern. Furniture was still propped against the windows from the fear of looters earlier that day, but daylight still shone over the top and through cracks in the piled wood. Jacqueline peaked through a gap between two stacks of chairs, trying to catch where their companions had gone off to. Meanwhile, moving his shaggy hair out of the way, Imbellem placed his ear against the door. After a moment, he whispered, “I can hear them, kind of. They’re just around the corner.” Taking silent steps, Jacqueline crouched next to him and set her ear against the wood as well. Imbellem took deep breaths as he tried to listen, and Jacqueline wrinkled her brow in annoyance. “Be quiet!" she said in a hushed voice. “Sorry,” Imbellem replied, and immediately began holding his breath. Realizing that wasn't going to last very long, he started breathing through his hands, which didn't seem to muffle them at all. Jacqueline rolled her eyes. “Just stay focused and listen.
]

[Private to Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Voices seeped through the wall. To Jacqueline’s frustration, whenever the bartender set a glass on the counter, the vibration seemed to travel all the way to the door and drown out the words. She pulled her auburn hair back and carefully put her ear near the hinges, having to make do. A voice, undoubtedly Adwonus, said,  "I got some new words for you all to hear. Delcor lied, the pirates don't rule the roost. . . The king himself had to appoint the next house. It wasn't easy, and in the king chose Steyus. Delcor is bein' a poor sport. He's started these riots, played up the pirate's involvement in the economy into secret leadership, and has turned half the . . .hear my words: Delcor was not chosen by the king to lead, and therefore ain't right to rule. Gods know what will happen if he succeeds. I don't want to think about the king's reaction. Delcor needs to be captured, not assisted. . . I'm asking all of you to take this in. I'll swear by Obad Hai that I'm not lying. Ol' Delcor's your villain. What good person causes this kinda Hell? People are bein' murdered all across the city. It's anarchy. You need to tell the party the rest of this. They won't listen to me. Heh.” Jacqueline immediately recognized Johannes’ tone, a measure of voice he always took when he was trying to restrain his passion. “Tell me where you acquired this information. And where they acquired it from if possible. You seemed to. . .” “. . .My source is reliable. She is a woman I have. . . happening elsewhere. I trust her."]

[Private to Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Taisiya Northwood: Imbellem gave his full attention to listening; likewise, Jacqueline carefully caught what words she could. After a few minutes Dwalin and Taisiya approached them at the door. “So what’s happening?” Dwalin asked. Imbellem almost let out a squeak, having been too rapt in his task to notice them. “Listen,” Jacqueline simply replied. Johannes’ voice cut through, “I’m going to have to tell the party first.” Adwonus responded, his tone calm and collected, “No need. They’re just on the other side of the door.” Leaning too heavily on the door, the knob suddenly slipped open beneath Imbellem’s ear, and both he and Jacqueline went tumbling out into the street.]

Imbellem pulled a pinned arm out from beneath Jacqueline, and pushed himself off his stomach. Some dirt from the cobbled stone remained in his shaggy hair. From his knees, he glanced at Adwonus, Johannes, and Mikael, who stood at the side of the building giving the snooping bunch a disapproving stare. Jacqueline hastily got up on her feet while Dwalin and Taisiya stepped out behind them, Dwalin shaking his head. Imbellem coughed and rubbed the dirt from his hair before awkwardly waving, “Oh hey there. Nice day isn't it?

***

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Jacqueline
Spot ~ The three walked out the door and turned somewhere to the right.
]

[Private to Herr Johannes: Johannes
Sense Motive ~ No doubted Adwonus believed what he was saying was true. But there was something else in his tone. It wasn't deception, but rather a concern for you, as though he was concerned for your well-being.
Spot & Listen ~ Looked clear.
Other Spot ~ Adwonus had a hint of passion in his eyes when he mentioned his informant, a rare thing to see on Adwonus.
]

[Private to Imbellem Tueri: Imbellem
Sense Motive ~ Although Adwonus was typically stoic, there was a tone of concern in his voice. For your well-being perhaps?
Spot & Listen ~ Looked clear.
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:15, Fri 13 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 22 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Fri 13 Feb 2015
at 23:38
  • msg #10

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

The party of three, leaning on the outside wall looking at the young cleric. Noticing that his last jab a humor was a miss, he simply rose to his feet, bushing off dust and picking small stones from his hair and armor. "You know what they say," Says Imbellem, nervously looking over to the small party of Adwonus, Johannes, and Mikael. "From dust we were created, and from dust we shall return." A smile creeps along his face, "Just getting more familiar with where I came from, you know?" The group sat in silence. "Lying is below you cleric." Gruffly states the half orc. Leaning partially sideways to look directly at Adwonus, "Hello again my friend!" he says with a wave "Id say youre looking well!" The half orc huffs and looks away from the cleric, obviously annoyed by his presence. Quickly snapping to attention he turns his attention to Johannes. "Ser Johannes, may I have a private word please? Real quick." Imbellem turns around to face Lady Jacqueline with an embarrassed face, gritting his teeth and simply mouths the words "sorry"
Herr Johannes
player, 172 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 14 Feb 2015
at 16:10
  • msg #11

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After seeing the party fall out the door together like some sort of comic routine I could not help but laugh, bringing an aire of lightness to a serious moment. It is refreshing- those moments I mean. The life of a warrior can be a serious and intense one. "I heard wisdom from an old battle brother of mine- cherish those moments of laughter and joy as a brief respite- as water from a cool mountain stream on a hot day." [Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood: "There were many times like this out in the field while riding in Vaterland. The best berries grow up there, out in the sun warmed fields in the mountains. Ahh, good memories."]
     But I digress, Yes Imbellum, you may have a word with me in private. If you all will excuse me." I say these words with a polite and practiced bow. Even though my words carry a clear accent or what we would call Germanic they always seem to be well spoken.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:03, Mon 16 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 23 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Sat 14 Feb 2015
at 16:31
  • msg #12

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Herr Johannes (msg # 11):

[Private to Herr Johannes: Putting his arm over the shoulder of the paladin as he walks next to him, Imbellem turns his back on the group, to make sure they couldnt be heard. He turns with a smile and an extended hand as if to say, 'this will just be a second'. As he faces Johannes, his mood changes to a more serious tone. "I dont know what happend with the group and this man. I want you to know, personally, I dont trust him. He makes me uncomfortabe and he always bring an air of... darkness. Im not sure..." Johannes begins to turn, as if to assume this means the cleric saw through a lie told by Adwanus. "However" Imbellem continues, causing the man to stop in a rather confused way. "I am sorry, but I listened though the door and heard every word. I may seem like a goofball, or a joke to you all perhaps, that may be the way i want it; but I have been around in my travels and know a great many things. Such as when a man is lying or not." Leaning in closer to whisper to the paladin, "I believe he his telling the truth. His usual tone of grumpyness, was not in his words. He was genuine, almost worried for your safety. Perhaps he is more human than he likes to believe."]
This message was last edited by the player at 16:32, Sun 15 Feb 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 173 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Mon 16 Feb 2015
at 03:01
  • msg #13

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I converse with Imbellem privately.

[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood:
{NOTE: I am including everyone (I trust in our party that is) in the conversation to give them more context. I normally would take some more time to edit and such, but alas, I only have a short amount of time for this. The first part is spoken toward Imbellum, but alpplies to you all. If it would reveal something someone should not know outside of Imbellem, let me know (Imbellem), but I believe it is fine.}

"I would agree with you Imbellum. No need to apologize about listening through the door, that was exactly the right thing to do. I had no idea if he wanted to try to ambush me or just speak to me, you listening at the door provides that extra measure of safety, awareness, and opinion. Your opinion is exactly what I wanted to hear on the matter. Mikael did not seem to have much to add, at least for now. Probably pondering it as we speak, but no matter, because he is keeping Adwonus busy and over there." I look up a moment to see if everyone is by the door (away from us) assumably they (really just Adwonus) are and so I continue speaking. "as I said I would agree with you on both counts, he seeks to be moral I perceive, but his morality has a different basis and definition from ours. I believe he is being genuine, but I think his information was meant to be misleading (by whoever gave it to him) or it was believed by the teller, yet they too are mistaken. We cannot continue to be delayed from our mission, many lives depend on it, and we have already made our assessment from the information we have and know to be true.
     There is another thing. Adwonus described the person who told him, and I think I know who it is. An elven woman, who helped him assassinate Larlben, she has a minor reputation in these parts- at least I think that is where we heard of her (her reputation). There is little doubt in my mind though, that she helped assassinate Larlben, and so to me her information is as good as lies. We must continue with our mission, but we must somehow handle Adwonus. I would assume him and this she-elf will be trailing us and make us their next target if they think we are going to help Kelden. I think Adwonus might change, but she is a definite threat. I believe Jacqueline could tell you more about her. I am still not far from saying this elf would be deserving of death after Larlben's murder. Adwonus, as you likely know already, told me to tell the group, because they will listen to me more likely than him. He is right about that, but I will proceed to tell them the more complete picture... such as the source.
     I should actually just call them over to hear what I told you. I think we should all just talk about this right now if possible.
"
]

I take a moment and shout to the party:
"Alright!, everyone, come near, I need to inform you of some news. If you would give us a moment Adwonus." I give a respectful nod toward Adwonus. As he gives us a moment.

[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood:
     "I would be interested to hear everyones' thoughts on this: Adwonus told me that he has 'on good authority' - that is authority from the woman who helped him assassinate Larlben from what I can tell, that supposedly Kelden is behind the pirate violence and this is a ruse to take all the city from being competitors with the pirates to subjects of the pirates. Secretly, he says, Kelden is working with them to take over. He says the pirates hold only certain businesses and companies, but no real power currently- we all know that is misinformation don't we. We have seen with our eyes, felt with our hands, the subjugation.
     Lets even just go with what we know. Kelden says he fights for the city, Steyus assassinates his competitors, I am less inclined to trust Steyus. Kelden may have part of his organization infiltrated, but Kelden would not do this. This is more work of the pirates misinformation I think. I know there is an evil hidden within them that has to do with this- I would say it has direct relation to the new secret Pirate Lord
     I need from all of you (that is: Mikael, Dwalin, Jacqueline, Taisiya, Imbellum), 1. your thoughts on the matter: such as how to proceed, if you believe him, if you understand what he said. I also need to know now if that was any of you who did not hear what was said. If you did not hear, we who heard, will fill in the blanks.
{That means help each other out people :)}
     And keep an eye and ear out for trouble while we talk."

{21:36, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
21:35, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 13 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
]
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 60 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Mon 16 Feb 2015
at 03:24
  • msg #14

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to johannes [Private to Herr Johannes; Imbellem Tueri; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde; Mikael Vaeltaja; Taisiya Northwood: well I didn't really hear any of what adwonus said, I was still drinking my ale. Honestly, I don't really know who is right in this situation, but I do know that adwonus has been dishonest and killed larlben, so I'm inclined not to trust him. Either way I don't feel like putting my life on the line for either of these causes, but I like a good fight and you are my only friends around here so I'll help you.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:14, Mon 16 Feb 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 204 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Mon 16 Feb 2015
at 07:20
  • msg #15

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: {02:14, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 17 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.
02:13, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 13 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.}
]

Lady Jacqueline folds her arms and angrily purses her lips, gripping Herr Johannes' elbow for just a moment. [Private to Herr Johannes: "I know whom he speaks of," she whispers to Johannes. "And she's an assassin. She cannot be trusted. My brother and I happened upon her before we caught back up with you here."] Her brow furrows. [Private to Herr Johannes: "I don't want anything to do with Adwonus anymore. He's caused nothing but trouble and keeps getting in the way of our own objective. You," she locks her gaze with Johannes, "and I both know that Kelden would never pair himself with Pirates or such vermin. It's not of his personality to take such a side, and so lowly. My best guess is to leave him alone and allow for him to stay in hiding. If we happen to come across one of his minions, we can carefully send him a message." She closes her eyes and sighs, trying not to escalate above her hushed whisper. "But I am not willing to trust that half-orc any more than he is willing to trust me; which, I know he doesn't."]
DM Ryan
GM, 286 posts
Mon 16 Feb 2015
at 12:56
  • msg #16

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem leaned forward and and shook his hair like a wet dog drying his fur; the last of the dust and small stones trickled onto the ground. Likewise, Jacqueline padded a few spots on her shoulders clean. “Well, that wasn’t the most graceful thing we’ve done,” Jacqueline said dryly. Imbellem chuckled and replied, “It wasn’t the least graceful thing I’ve done either. Once, I was at the court of Proxai, see? And there they served wine in fancy, glass goblets that were like, 100 years old. I think 27 were destroyed in the accident which-” “Ahem,” Herr Johannes interrupted. “That sounds like quite a story but let’s save it for another time.” Imbellem gave a brief facial expression of embarrassment at his rambling, “Right.” As Johannes concluded a few more words with Adwonus, Dwalin gently nudged Imbellem in the side and whispered, “Seriously, tell me that tale tonight. I’ve seen the sultan of Proxai, and I’d love to hear about the expression on that smug little face of his.” Imbellem grinned, "It's a good one, but in short, I can't go to Proxai anymore."

If you would give us a moment, Adwonus?” Johannes finally said. Adwonus merely shrugged and meandered to the wall where he leaned up against it and folded his arms. “Thanks,” Johannes replied, regardless of the lack of verbal response. Johannes motioned to the party with his hands to follow him. His companions followed him a few steps away, and they stood together in a circle, speaking in low tones. After only a couple minutes of conversing, they broke their huddle and returned to Adwonus, who gazed uncaringly at southern sky. At their return, he ceased leaning on the wall and squarely faced them. “Well?” he demanded with slight impatience. “We’ve decided, I believe,” Johannes replied, glancing around at the others to see if there was any sign of contestation. When no one spoke up, he continued, “We’ve decided we can’t trust what you’ve told us just yet, not enough to base our actions off of. We’re leaving to continue pursuing our mission. If you find some hard evidence, well, we’ll see.” Johannes pushed the strap of his backpack further up his shoulder, trying not to disturb the parrot sitting on his other, and nodded to his companions. “We’re leaving. Goodluck Adwonus.” Adwonus leaned back on the wall and simply shook his head in disapproval. Seeing he wasn’t going to say anything else, Johannes turned and started walking down the street; recognizing their time here was at an end, the other party members followed. Adwonus didn’t even watch them as they got further down the road. When they turned a corner a short ways down, Adwonus was cut from view, and the party was split.

[Private to not Adwonus Swillman: Jacqueline was the first to speak, “Do you think it’s safe just leaving him like that? You know it won’t be the last time we see him again.” “I don’t know,” Johannes replied. The small street they were on merged into one of the main roads that led straight westbound to the Twin Bridges. Looking behind them toward the east, they could see the gatehouse again a few minutes of travel away, now under rebel control. From here they could see a new, large teal banner hanging above the portcullis, but the symbol on it was indiscernible from this distance. Townsfolk were finally returning to the streets and a small train of horse-drawn wagons passed them by toward the gatehouse. Johannes wondered if the rebels would let them pass, or perhaps they meant to cut off the castle and noble district from supplies. Though, they didn’t really have time for a siege. That portion of the city would have more than enough supplies to last a month, let alone a day, and it was only tomorrow when the full uprising was supposed to take place. . . or Kelden’s capture if the party didn’t warn him first.

Johannes reached into his backpack and pulled out the map. “We’re getting close to the ‘P’ marking,” he said. The road took them past the arena, a large colosseum made of stone, built right on the coast of the bay. It was clearly empty now. The city was too at war with itself for games of war. As they passed the arena, they were finally close enough to the bay that they could see water through the gaps between buildings. The surface of the Bay of Andor rippled beneath the wind, constant waves that marred the water all the way to Lower Herrod on the other side. Johannes suddenly put up a hand, his eyes fixed on the map held in his other; he pointed to the north side of the road, opposite the bay.

There were two buildings, one was a general merchant shop and the other looked like a warehouse for shipped goods. They were tall, and between them ran a shadowed but wide alley. In a soft voice, Johannes said, “We’ve been here before.” The statement caught the others by surprise. He took a few steps and peered down the alley. Not far down he saw a sign and beneath it a stairs that led downward alongside the passage; from here he could barely see the door at the base, leading beneath the warehouse. The sign only had the picture of a smiling dolphin carved on it. “Do you remember?” asked Johannes of the others. “We saw this when we first left Castle Herrod, way back.” “Yea,” muttered Dwalin in agreement. Imbellem blankly glanced between them before asking, “What is it?” Johannes turned to face him, his tone low. “It’s a pirate cove.
]

[Private to Adwonus Swillman: "Fools. All Fools,” Adwonus muttered to himself. “Yes, they are.” Adwonus glanced up and saw Pyrra casually walking toward him, now only a few feet away. Briefly, Adwonus wondered where she might’ve been hiding - the roof perhaps? He continued, “I’ve gone out of my way enough for them. You’d think at least one would have the sense to listen. They follow that paladin’s charismatic speech blindly.” Pyrra put a hand on his shoulder, “One thing I’ve learned in my life is that those in the front never see the full picture, for they rarely bother to think on something from an angle other than their own.” He glanced up at her, nodding at the wisdom. At last, she smiled, “I’ve freed myself from my duties this day. I’m here to help you.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:30, Mon 16 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 24 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Tue 17 Feb 2015
at 00:43
  • msg #17

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem stood and looked at the group for a moment in silence. "So that means..." he said, holding his chin in thought, "That all of the P markings should be Pirate coves then right?... There sure are a bunch of them..." Suddenly his eyes widened as if struck with a ingenious plan. Extending the hand that was previously resting on his chin and pointing at the group, reviling a goofy smile, He said, "What if we were to go in there - LET ME FINISH!" He added with volume as he noticed many of the members begin to say something in response to his plan. "Obviously we would stick out like a sore thumb in there, looking the way we do now" He said as he began pacing the ground in front of the group, "We would need disguises..." He said looking around.
"Look! Its perfect!" He said, beginning to walk out of the alley and in front of the two buildings. "A general good store! All we  need to do is purchase some crappy clothes, you know, unless you have something grubby with you now, and walk in like we belong there." He said, confidence beginning to drain from his speech. "That is..." he added in a worried voice, "I have no idea who this cove belongs too... If what that Orc said was true, then perhaps they would be willing to listen to us if we told them they were being played by a puppet master orchestrating this whole worthless loss of blood?"

[Private to DM Ryan: Imbellem Tueri rolled 15 using 1d20+6. Spot Check on Surroundings
Imbellem Tueri rolled 16 using 1d20+5. Listen Check on surroundings (for strangers, also for the spot check. Forgot to be specific again)
]

[Private to DM Ryan; Mikael Vaeltaja: Nice roll there buddy. Cmon in, the waters fine haha]
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:21, Tue 03 Mar 2015.
Adwonus Swillman
player, 68 posts
HP:-1/24 AC:15
Items: BattleAxe, Leather
Tue 17 Feb 2015
at 03:39
  • msg #18

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Imbellem Tueri (msg # 17):

As they walk away The half orc says one final thing. "You have no solid evidence for your claim either. As you walk, know this. Every murder, every rape, every little crime committed during this chaos is on you. You support this."
the half orc spits into the ground.

[Private to DM Ryan: When Pyrra appears he speaks to her. "Maybe I should have just killed them as they slept. I don't really know. He turns to her. I thank you for the help, and I trust that what you have told me is true. Can we gain more support. I feel if this comes to blows we alone will not be enough to take them. We need to be smart. I know that they will likely head for the market to buy a bunch of last minute supplies they should already have. That should slow them a bit.... Pyrra, do you know of Delcor's location?"
fb chat?
]
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 25 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 18 Feb 2015
at 01:52
  • msg #19

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

A slight smirk comes across my face at the idea of a plan and some action. "Well it's not a totally crazy idea." I take a quick look at the party, "Haha, I suppose we really don't look like the pirate type at the moment. Does anyone have any idea what we're walking into? We also need a reason to be there in case any is suspicious of us."

I turn away from the others and focus my attention on the pirate cove. Standing straight and almost unmoving for a moment, I take in everything around me making observations of everything I can while I gather my thoughts. I turn back around to the group. "Here's an even crazier idea... What if we could take this cove? If not take it over, then just take it out. It might give us a huge upper hand if we could pull off something like that."
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 205 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Fri 20 Feb 2015
at 05:12
  • msg #20

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline rolled her eyes and thought sarcastically about Adwonus's accusation, Yes, coming from the man who so murdered a part of my family in his sleep, unarmed and helplessly asleep. She glared about, keeping herself withdrawn in silence for a while. We'll just let him think he's the oh-so-righteous one. Better not to answer a fool in his folly, this time.

[Private to DM Ryan: {00:09, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 19 using 1d20+8. Move Silently Check.
00:08, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 23 using 1d20+8. Hide Check. Keeping out of sight of Adwonus.
00:08, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 23 using 1d20+8. Listen Check. General surrounding and anything that seems out of the ordinary.
00:07, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 21 using 1d20+8. Spot Check. General surrounding and anything that seems out of the ordinary.
00:06, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Search Check. Watching out for anyone following us.}
]
This message was last edited by the player at 05:12, Fri 20 Feb 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 174 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 20 Feb 2015
at 06:05
  • msg #21

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I consider answering Adwonus, he is so wrong, so proud, what good is it to spend my words uselessly. To explain myself would be to give weight to his words. I do have one thing to say to him however, "Adwonus, I appreciate the information and sincerity, but keep your guilt to yourself. Guilt is not our motivator. We aim to act, and do what is right. (As I perceive you aim to as well, but for that our perceptions of how to bring that about differ.) Do not so blindly justify your actions. You assume we will not seek to bring reason and order to this? If possible -we could pursue as we planned before: delay conflict in order to fight the pirates. But as soon as we agree to do that new information is brought up to change that plan? Are you sure that you are not the one being lied to? I do not seek to deceive you, I seek to do what appears to be the most right. I would hope we might fight evil on the same side. Without revealing your source, I have little reason to trust you. You have already kept so much from us, how can I so blindly believe this now? Why did you suddenly receive information to change the plans? Think about it. We are going to proceed on our present course. We will seek to end this bloodshed and do what would bring about the best outcome based upon what we know. I caution you to not blindly follow someone either. We will keep our eyes open, we will access information as we can verify it. We would rendezvous with you still at the inn as we planned, if you would still wish to, but I assume that is no longer the case. Had you even talked with Steyus yet?"

After hearing his reply, we can no longer delay and thus needs depart. "I pray my God orders your steps and bless you with peace. At this, we depart in peace." I make a slight bow after my benediction. "Alright Squad! Pack your gear and prepair to move out!" After I finish grabbing my effects, I depart with the squad in an informal formation. "Move out squad!"

As we walk further and come to our destination, I recognize it. {I speak as Ryan specified already}. "... You may be surprised Imbellem, but I agree with you, we do not know what is in this place for sure until we check. We need to verify it. This will also help access factually Adwonus claims- for truth or falsehood. I think I know just the method to do this as well. Mikael, Jacqueline, remember the last pirate inn we infiltrated? I think that was excellent preparation. We should dress the same way, prepair the same way. We need to cover all our gear in a cloak and our face with a veil, this parrot will help us look exactly like we fit in. Gird up your loins! Watch out for thieves! Keep your weapons ready- any that you can have drawn without raiding suspicion, do so. That means this quarter staff, my guisarme, your spear Mikael, we could also have someone carry the halbred. Put your gold in money belts if you have them, if not you may want to buy them. Usually are about 4 gold pieces, but worth every copper. Anything I am forgetting Mikael? Jaquecline?
     Remember when we go in you belong there, as in you act like you are meant to be there, when in doubt keep silent, dont get too much to drink. This is a quick recon to start with, then we access what to do from there.
     I need to know everyone is prepaired before we enter. Also, if you need more ammunition or a veil or a cloak, speak now so it can be purchased, then we will hep each other be disguised.
     Again keep your eyes and ears open to trouble.
"

{01:15, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 12 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
01:15, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 8 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 21:47, Sat 21 Feb 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 288 posts
Fri 20 Feb 2015
at 14:31
  • msg #22

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

“So. . . pirate outfits! Good idea, right?” Imbellem looked around his companions for their consent, or at least a nod, completely unaware of how ridiculous the grin on his face was. They responded with a skeptical and somewhat awkward stare, uncertain what to make of the suggestion. Mikael spoke first, “Well, it’s not a totally awful idea.” “Right!?” Imbellem echoed enthusiastically. Then to the surprise of most the party, Herr Johannes commented, “It does have merit.” “Riiiight!?” Imbellem replied again, giddy with excitement that they were liking his plan. He eagerly looked to the rest of the party for confirmation, and they nodded in return. Dwalin simply shrugged his shoulders and said, “What the hell, why not?” One last time, Imbellem turned toward Johannes, “So, pirate outfits? This is a yes?” The paladin chuckled at the unhidden giddiness and answered, “Yes, we’ll give it a shot.” Imbellem jumped up in the air with a fist pump, “Woo! Pirate outfits!” “Shh!” Jacqueline hissed. “Quietly now. This is a stealth mission afterall.” Imbellem, catching himself in another eccentric moment, replied in a whisper, “Oh right. . . Woo! Pirate outfits!

10 minutes later. . .

How do I look?” Imbellem asked after exiting the general store and stepping back into the alley. The party ceased loitering around the corner and took a good look at what he’d purchased. Imbellem had wrapped his shaggy brown hair back in a dark green bandanna and replaced his heavy cloth garments with rugged beige trousers and a green shirt (to match his bandanna of course). He’d always had a rather un-priestlike appearance due to his poorly kept, shoulder-length hair, not to mention his demeanor. . . or his posture. . . or his clothes. . . or his speech. . . or most everything really. But the party was in shock at how much he looked like a pirate in his latest garb; if this was their first meeting, they’d have easily fallen for his disguise. “Impressive,” Johannes said. Jacqueline nodded in approval and added, “Not going to lie - you’d probably fool even me.” Imbellem grinned widely at what was perhaps the first compliment from Jacqueline. “But wipe that stupid smile off your face! Pirates don’t have goofy smiles.” she snapped. He immediately scrunched his expression into something more serious.

Johannes spoke, “Ok, go knock on the door and see what happens. If it works, we’ll join you shortly.” “Roger,” Imbellem replied with a salute. As he walked down the alley, Imbellem glanced back at his companions who watched from around the corner, heads peeking out from behind the building one over the other. Suddenly, he felt nervous. He cautiously stepped down the stairs alongside the alley, going beneath ground level and leading up to a hulking wooden door at the base. As he approached the door, Imbellem thought to himself, ‘Wait. How’d I get caught doing this? I’m not a master of stealth - I’m a priest!’ His hands did not wait for his head, and he knocked, startling his train of thought in the process. A wooden slothole at eye level that Imbellem hadn’t noticed slid open; a set of eyes stared through from the other side. “Name?” the voice asked plainly. “Imb- . . .” Imbellem started to say, “Im- Im- Imanuel. Yes, Imanuel.” The man on the other side was writing on something; Imbellem listened to the sound of quill on parchment for a moment. “Ok. . .” the voice finally said. “And ship name?” “Ship name?!” Imbellem’s eyes widened at a loss. “Erm. . . Uh. . . Bertrude! The Bertrude.” Imbellem inwardly laughed a moment, for Bertude was the name of a fat, old woman who used to live down the street from him as a child. She wasn’t a very nice person. “Hmm. . .” replied the voice behind the door, sounding as though it were flipping through a couple sheets of paper. Finally, it uttered, “Not on the list. Get lost.” The wooden slothole slammed shut, and that concluded the conversation.

Imbellem stood there for a moment taking everything in, and then meandered back to the party. When he reached the corner, they came out. “So how’d it go?” asked Mikael. “Could’ve gone worse,” Imbellem answered innocently. “So what happened?” Taisiya questioned. “Why didn’t you get in?” Imbellem shook his head and grimly stated, “I blame Bertrude.

[Private to Imbellem Tueri: Pirate Outfit ~ 5 Silver Pieces.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:35, Fri 20 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 26 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Fri 20 Feb 2015
at 18:02
  • msg #23

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

The group all looked at eachother in confusion, "Who's Burtrude?" Dwalin finally asked. Imbellem quickly shook is head and waved his hand, "Not important - But we do have a little issue" he stated, causing everyone to lean forward. "They are much more organized than I anticipated," Imbellem continued in a whisper. "When you go down there, they ask for your name, and it sounds like they keep a record of everyone who goes in... And after they make record of your name, they ask for the name of the ship you belong too... Which is where I..." He stated as his voice began to trail off. "Point is:" he continued, snapping back to attention. "There's no way we can get in unless we know the name of a ship. And possibly crew members. Does anybody know the name of a pirate ship? You could give it a shot if you do. I could just play drunk." He said cracking a smile. "Works more often than you think when you need to get out a stupid mistake." Imbellem reaches for his stashed away items and puts on his armor over top of his new clothes, leaving the dark green bandanna tied around his neck, leaving for a flair of color as opposed to his overall drawl tan and brown colored armor and cloak.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:27, Fri 20 Feb 2015.
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 61 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 02:26
  • msg #24

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

" Well I don't know any names of ships. Why again do we have to go in there anyways. Why don't we just go find kelden"
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 206 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 02:55
  • msg #25

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Jacqueline bites her lip and glances at Johannes. "I know the names of some ships... And some names of former servants from when I was little." She shrugs and sighs. "But I don't know if they're still alive, or if the ship is still in its running condition..."
Herr Johannes
player, 175 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 04:23
  • msg #26

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After Imbellum returns from his attempt to gain entry into the pirate cove, I motion the group to follow me to a store across the street. It is a bakery which also sells cheese. I greet the store keep working behind the front bar making bread. "Good day! Bakers dozen on bluberry muffins are ready and fresh!" The baker calls out. The subtle aroma of heavily buttered muffins freshly warm from the oven pervades your nasal airways. A warm scent, sweet, and homely. "We are just browsing, thanks for the offer though. We will let you know if we need any help." I smile as I thank him for his greeting. "Here, come with me to take a look at this cheese in the back." I speak to the group. Once we are alone I speak to the group quietly. The store is nearly deserted but for the baker and his helper. "We need to take another look at the map. And can someone draw the letter we found from the city guard we are to show Darus? We need to see when Steyus plans to attack again? Tomorrow morning if I am not mistaken? I think this pirate cove would be interesting to recon later or loot perhaps, but we have all the information we need for now. I propose that the symbol (or letter) 'P' on the map represents pirate. That means this shows the pirates bases and Larlben's estate, which makes sense. I think we should get a move on to the nearest next location on the map. The x here to the south looks the closest to me, and I think that circled area it connects to is likely the location of the base, if I had to guess. I think we move there at once. Again, like I said, check your ammunition and other stores. Are you all set if combat were to befall us when we left this building? If not, we need to get you ready ASAP. Next, with our previous assignment for Steyus and the importance of our mission, we may have people from Steyus after us. Adwonus and his elven lady friend may consider us their greatest threat, so they may be trailing us. I need everyone to keep their eyes and ears open for trouble at all times. {This means make a spot and listen check with every post, this way you have at least 1 check granted in your defense. Include it in your post public ally to our group do I can see it please :)} Also, does anyone know more about this pirate cove? {Do a knowledge local and any other knowledge check that would apply on it}. Alright, once the map is out away and the letter is safe, let's move out. {Ryan can you help us with the letter again? Like post its contents again?}. See my dice log for rolls, I can would post them but I had to do this from my phone our internet is down...
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 26 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 05:51
  • msg #27

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

With disappointment, "Man, who knew pirates would actually show some organization." After joining Johannes and the rest in the back of the shop. "I agree with Johannes. We don't have the kind of time we need to gather enough information just to get inside of the place, let alone take action once we're inside."

I take a moment to check my gear. I grab my spear in my hand, "I for one am ready if we find ourselves in the thick of it though."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:52, Mon 23 Feb 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 291 posts
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 12:01
  • msg #28

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Mmm, cinnamon,” Jacqueline murmured dreamily. The bakery had an atmosphere all its own, flooded with the scent of cinnamon, cooked fruits, and warm bread. Jacqueline scarcely paid attention to Johannes discussing their future plans as her eyes wandered over the sweetbreads. After a minute, the baker’s helper meandered over to the group with a tray of rolls, topped with a reddish powder. Just a boy no older than thirteen years, he said, “Hey, these rolls are from a couple days ago. I was just about to throw them out. Do you want them?” “Yes,” Dwalin replied almost instantly. Dwalin glanced back at the group and found their eyes also longingly fixated on the cake rolls. “Why thank you,” Johannes replied to the boy, and each of the party members grabbed a roll, quickly emptying it. Jacqueline took a large bite into hers, followed by a sound of delight. “Delicious!” And they were. They were a tad stale, but the inside was still soft and flavorful. The cake rolls were packed with chopped apricots and the reddish powder turned out to have a kind of maple flavor, probably the product of some exotic tree {Knowledge Nature Check Available}. Still nibbling on their sweetbreads, the party finished their discussions and proceeded to leave, not before Johannes called to the baker, “You’ve been very kind. We’ll be sure to come back some time.” “Take care,” he cheerfully replied, his hands too busy arranging fresh bread loaves on a wooden rack to wave {Purchasing Available}.

With no surprise to anyone, Dwalin was the first to finish his cake roll, reddish powder still lingering in his beard. “Dwalin!” Mikael jokingly exclaimed. “Don’t you know what the word ‘savor’ means?” Dwalin smiled beneath his facial hair and replied, “Nope.” There was laughter. The rest of the party ate and enjoyed their treats as they continued down the main walkway, heading toward the Twin Bridges. Johannes spoke as they walked, “Alright, so we’re heading toward the northernmost ‘X’ on the map, which is located in Lower Herrod. It’s not far. We’ll have to cross the north bridge, and then walk through Middle Island before crossing the south bridge. As you know, Middle Island connects the two.” “Sounds easy enough,” Imbellem said. “It’s the main crossing to reach Lower Herrod, and always full of traders and traffic.” “Yea,” Johannes commented, “It shouldn’t be a problem. The only thing that worries me is there’s a fortress tower of the City Guard's at the eastern tip of the island we should be mindful of. It also acts as the lighthouse after dark.” Imbellem swallowed the rest of his cake roll, leaving a wide grin. “True, but the main road through doesn’t really run by it. We should be fine.” “Yes, I agree,” Johannes responded.

After a few minutes, with their delicious snacks finished and feeling quite confident, the party reached the north bridge of the Twin Bridges. Both of the bridges were massive in their construction, one of the finest architectural achievements of the city and built over a century past. On immense pillars of sound stone, the bridge spanned over the first half of the bay. The arch was large enough that full-sized ships passed underneath it, continuing upstream and into the interior of Perdane. A beautiful, tripled-masted brigantine ship with white sails drifted underneath the center portion of the bridge as the party drew near. Mikael nudged Taisiya as they walked, “Hey, you haven’t said much. Are you alright?” Her gaze lingered on the ground, daydreaming; she was almost startled by Mikael. “Huh? Oh, I’m fine,” she replied after a moment of confusion. Mikael gave her a skeptical look, his elven eyes piercing. “Really,” she said, rather unconvincingly. Mikael shrugged and returned his attention forward. Another smaller ship was following the brigantine, an exotic felucca, a kind of ship often used by Olseeni traders. It disappeared beneath the breadth of the bridge. Just before the party stepped onto the bridge itself, surrounded by the traffic of other commoners and merchants, Taisiya froze in her tracks. Johannes noticed and asked, “What’s wrong?” She seemed unfocused and after a brief pause, said, “Guys, I have to leave.” This caught the attention of the others and they enclosed near her. “Huh? How come?” Johannes asked further. “It’s personal,” she replied vaguely, “Something I need to do while I’m still in Upper Herrod.” Johannes frowned; he disapproved of her going off on her own, but at the same time, he understood the weight personal affairs often had. “Ok,” he finally relented. “Do you remember the map? Do you know where to find us again?” She spoke, “Yes, I think so. The ‘X’ - I remember where it is. I promise I won’t take long. . . I think.” Taisiya started to leave when Jacqueline cried out, “Wait!” Taisiya paused, turning. Jacqueline approached and hugged her, “Take care of yourself, ok? Be back soon?” Taisiya shyly smiled, “Ok.” At that, she turned from the party and walked back into Upper Herrod, and then she was gone.

The party regrouped and continued across the bridge. As they got further over the bay, they could feel the cool sea breeze sweep over them, flowing unhindered from the open waters. The Bay of Andor always looked marvelous from this vantage, for one could view nearly all the docks of Herrod from here. The interior of the bay was filled with ships of all sizes and shapes, from all corners of the Isles. Marvelous. Not long after, they stepped onto Middle Island, which split the great river flowing from Perdane into two before merging with the bay and sea. Middle Island was a small town in its own way, crowded with businesses and shops that catered to the constant passing of traffic between Upper and Lower Herrod. A few blocks in, they walked onto the main road of the island which went perfectly straight from east to west, to both edges. At the very end of the eastern side, they could see the fortress tower. Thankfully, the road to the south bridge and Lower Herrod continued a short ways down. For the most part, the fortress tower watched over the bay itself, and the dock near it was reserved for the relatively few naval ships Herrod possessed. “Stop,” Jacqueline suddenly said, raising her hand. She glanced to the others and urgently hissed, “Over here! Quick!” Jacqueline dashed to the side of the road, followed by the others, and the party took shelter behind a building. Jacqueline peaked her head out, watching the road to the east. “What is it?” Johannes asked. “Look.” He moved beside her, and she pointed far down the road. It was Adwonus, and next to him, a tall elven woman in a dull purple cloak. The two were casually walking down the street some distance ahead of them, and drawing closer to the fortress tower. Then, they both disappeared inside through its gates. Jacqueline looked back at Johannes, “Well, we know where he is.” “Yea,” Johannes replied. “The question is, do we continue on to the ‘X’, or do we do something about it?


This message was last edited by the GM at 20:30, Mon 23 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 30 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Mon 23 Feb 2015
at 22:50
  • msg #29

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem sat for a moment in thought, leaning in the shadow against the wall in the middle of the group. "That was Adwanus?... And what about that lady? From what you told me before..." He said peeking his head around the corner, stepping on the toes of those next to him, "That that's more than likely the woman who helped him with an assassination of some sort right? This was before my time, so I don't know who that was, or what the intention was for the assassination. If they are following evil intentions..." Imbellem said, voice stern and unwavering. "They must be brought to justice. Besides, they could be working directly against us. He is in fact the one who gave you his information," he said with a nod to Herr Johannes, "I am indeed conflicted. Part of me wants to follow after them, and see what their part is... but that could be my own personal reason for bringing justice. It may be a waste of time to follow them when the X could be the answers we need..." Imbellem slowly walked back to his spot on the wall, floped against it and slowly slid to a seated position. "Its really up to you guys. Im afraid my hasty nature and anger would lead me down the wrong path as it has so many times before."

[Private to DM Ryan: 17:52, Today: Secret Roll: Imbellem Tueri rolled 24 using 1d20+5. Listen Check on surroundings for strangers.
17:52, Today: Secret Roll: Imbellem Tueri rolled 14 using 1d20+6. Spot Check on Surroundings for evesdroppers.
]
This message was last edited by the player at 22:53, Mon 23 Feb 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 27 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 25 Feb 2015
at 23:05
  • msg #30

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I watch as Imbellem sits down and while facing him I take a moment to weigh the same options. Rubbing my chin with my free hand I mumble to myself. "I think Imbellem is right...". I put my hand back to my side and I say with more clarity, I think that pursuing Adwanus is more of a matter of personal justice and I don't believe it will get us anywhere. We need to focus on our task at hand, I fear we are already falling behind in our efforts to find Kelden and we can't afford anymore setbacks. I say we continue on to the X"

I take a step back to the wall and lean against it, waiting to see what the others think. I relax and put my hand inside a inner pocket in my robe. There's a piece of paper folded up and buried in the bottom. Taking it out I remember that I stuck in there as we left the castle. I stand back up away from the wall and say with delight, "Hey guys! I almost forgot I still have that letter we found. Heh, it was jammed in my pocket." I hold it out for the others to look at for a second time.
quote:
Sergeant Dugwin, With Celus Larlben's death and charges of treason against him, we can sieze his assets from his widow, and add their funds to the state treasury. This'll help our coffers immensely, perhaps even gaining some independence from financial debt to the Pirate Lord. Unfortunately, between the rebels and the guards of Larlben's widow, we don't have the strength to take it at this time. When the rebels are quelled and Kelden Delcor captured or slain, this'll be our next task. ~ Ulin Morris, Captain of the Guard.


I take a look around, checking the surroundings and paying attention to Adwanus and the women he is with.

[17:58, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 4 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ. {As I look around, dust fills my eyes. :P}
17:58, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 21 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
]

After rubbing my eyes clean I walk over to Herr Johannes and speak quietly to him, [Private to Herr Johannes: "Do you think that Adwanus would conspire against us? I think we need to deal with him another day when we are not so pressed for time, but I do not want to ignore him either if he might be a direct threat to us. I didn't know him much personally though. Does he know where we are headed or any of our other plans?"]
This message was last edited by the player at 23:10, Wed 25 Feb 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 207 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 03:26
  • msg #31

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

{22:22, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 19 using 1d20+3. Knowledge Nature. I wanna know about the little things! :P}

"Mother's in danger!" Jacqueline uttered under her breath hastily in response to the letter. She recalled her brother's sudden departure and realized that he might have gone to protect her and help her be on the move. After all, Corelia herself was not unfamiliar with keeping to the unknown and protecting herself. Her brother, too, had her spirit. Nothing seemed to distance them from being able to escape.

"That lady," said Jacqueline, changing the subject to the elven woman, "is an assassin." Her brow turned a little darkly. "And she needs to be slain, if we see her again." Hurt turned to anger. This woman had clearly assisted the half-orc in slaying her father-to-be figure, Larlben. "But you're right in keeping with our task. If they happen to get in our way, ...well," she chuckles, shaking her head slowly. "You'll have to pull me away from them to keep me focused. I will be taking her out before too long. You mark my words." She blinks hard and then clears her mind for a moment before looking to Johannes. "What say you?"

Her eyes widen again as she listens and watches everything.

{22:27, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 28 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.
22:27, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 20 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.

Yeah-ha! Natural 20!}

This message was last edited by the player at 03:28, Sat 28 Feb 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 176 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 06:09
  • msg #32

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"I will buy a roll before we go, thank you Mr. Baker." I hand the man the appropriate fee, {1 copper?} I take my roll and continue to chew on it while we walk.
     Upon Mikael's comment to Dwalin abut his lack of savoring I laugh heartily! That was a good joke.

As we continue to walk however, the tome changes rapidly from this laughter to tension. Taisiya has informed us she must take a leave of absence. I speak my mind to her. "You are sure you have to go? ...
     I sigh, and look down disappointed. "I will be honest with you Taisiya, I am displeased that you need to leave. I hope it is for a reason of importance so great that it is life and death, for I feel after our decision to pursue this objective it is of similar importance of life and death, not just a few, but many, even our lives- your fellow compatriots. However, if you must leave, you have no oath of fealty to me or to this cause so go. Please return as soon as you can, our best wishes go with you. We look forward to seeing you again when this matter is resolved."
     So it is true, Taisiya must leave, I thought she had been far to quiet lately. It saddens me greatly to see her go, even if only temporarily. I knew in my gut something was amiss. No matter, we must proceed with our objective. 'Mission first, people always...' I recall a line from the oath of a cadet in Vaterland, a familiar oath to an officer. After reciting it for 4 years or more one remembers it without trying.

We continue walking...

We are stopped suddenly by Jacqueline, her eagle eyes clearly having seen a threat- Adwonus and his elven assassin accomplice. I consider quickly what to do. My considerations change as I see them enter the tower. "I would hope they do not try to have Steyus attack on Kelden moved up due to the information Adwonus was so freely made aware of. I tell you, the Vaterland military would have never let such sensitive information out like that. It frustrates me." I growl.

     "Believe me Imbellum when I say, I want to see justice done, but now is not the time, they are in the tower and it will likely be swarming with guards. Infiltration would be too risky at this point, we must continue with our mission. We would want to catch them when we have a greater advantage anyways, that way we could choose to offer them surrender and if they refuse, deal justice, but not without honor.
      Here, I will tell you a piece of wisdom I have learned to explain. I used to sort of follow around people who caused me problems, seeing what they would do so that I might stop them or put out their fire. What I learned is, often by the time the fire is put out, much has already been burned. I saw this only allowed me to slow my adversary. So, what did I learn? Instead of following him, I must pursue my objective to cause (so to speak) fires for him to put out! I must seek my objective with diligence so as to cause my opponent to have to follow me! No longer do I follow and react to my opponent, I make him follow me, afraid at what thing I will do next before he can stop me.
" I grin smugly.

     "We are, in a sense, in a race to find Kelden, so we must proceed with that. Luckily Adwonus, may still be unaware specifically where we are going, but if the guard know where his secret base is, they may try to beat us there. Adwonus, and more so his elven accomplice and the agents of Steyus are threats and we must keep aware of them, but our primary mission is to get to Kelden ASAP. The entire revolution depends on this." I speak to the group.

     "I think Mikael said my thoughts exactly." I answer after his reply.
     After reading the letter: "Wait, Mikael, what happened to the letter about the threat from the attacking guards who discovered his secret base, do you have that letter still?"

I speak to Jacqueline in response to her statements and questions.
     "Jacqueline, you will wait for my go on the kill, but if we find them and confront them it will be your job to disappear so as to send an arrow through her heart from the shadows when I give the word. I can barely tolerate such wickedness as this elven assassin who considers her cause so just- the arrogance.
     Your family will be safe, and I would do what I can to see them properly restored, I cannot promise it, but they were wronged. When we depose Steyus, I think such injustice could be changed.
"

"Now we must move with expedition toward the x, we must get away from the sight of these adversaries, keep a look out, we make for the x. Move through the crowds as well as you can unseen, but we need to move more quickly than secretly, but lets slip away quietly now, before we are seen, then make greater haste. Lets move."

As we begin to move I ask the group, "Once again I need to confirm, does everyone have sufficient ammunition? Does anyone have worse armour or weapons than what we aquired from the city guard? I would caution us from wearing it just yet, but I think it would be fine if we only wore a single part of it, or more generic pieces, like the chest armour possibly. It would make for a good disguise however. Anyways, I need you to tell me your current gear status. I do not want us to be caught the least bit off guard as we were before, if we find ourself in combat."

{Everything we said in conversation that is sensitive (ie everything but buying rolls and joking) is defined already to be said only amongst ourselves and quietly}

{and everybody, if you have the skill, make a knowledge nature check :) }

{00:37, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 14 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
00:37, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 15 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 06:11, Sat 28 Feb 2015.
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 62 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 06:52
  • msg #33

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

dwalin looks at the rolls And his stomach begins to growl. "I'll take one of those. it's been almost 10 minutes since I ate last" after he gets the roll he immediately stuffs it in his mouth while 5he others talk"I agree with you all. As much as I hate those with no honor, those who would kill their foe while they were asleep, we should continue our mission. Maybe next time we see them I could put my axe through her, and teach her how a true warrior fights." Dwalin has a look of disgust on his face as he says this.
DM Ryan
GM, 294 posts
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 12:15
  • msg #34

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

With eyes cold as ice, Jacqueline watched Adwonus and his elven companion disappear into the fortress tower. Briefly, the party behind her debated whether to pursue him or not, but the consensus was clear - stick to the mission. Jacqueline could see the reason in this and her mind agreed, but her heart thought otherwise. Simply seeing that elven woman was enough to chill her thoughts and replace them with a vengeance that stirred deep. “Someday. . .” she darkly whispered to herself. Even as the party broke cover and walked back into the street, Jacqueline’s eyes lingered on the fortress tower far ahead, having daydreams of things to come. Her hands mindlessly caressed the hilt of her blade.

This way,” Johannes motioned to the others, pointing to the highway south. Jacqueline seemed to snap out of a daze, and along with the others, followed Johannes. The fortress tower quickly vanished from sight. Walking at a slightly faster pace than before, intent a putting distance between themselves and whatever dangers lurked behind them, they passed through the remainder of Middle Island. Blending in with the traffic, they traveled behind a convoy of wagons for a few minutes. Suddenly, Dwalin let out a slight groan. Johannes glanced behind, “What is it?” Dwalin lifted his foot and shook something from the underside. “Horse dung,” he replied, his face scowling. Mikael chuckled and smirked, “That’s the city for ya.” Johannes lightly laughed as well and returned his attention to the fore while Dwalin scraped his boot against the ground.

Passing the wagons by, the party reached the south bridge ahead of them, and Lower Herrod was once again visible across the water. Buildings stretched across the horizon. Many more people lived in Lower Herrod than the Upper, for this side of the city was home to the Slums and the poor, not to mention the merchants of the Bazaar. The south bridge was identical in every way to its northern sibling; the name ‘Twin Bridges’ was well given. As they stepped onto the wide stone crossing, they received an even better view of Lower Herrod. The spires of a few churches and temples stood out from the mass of buildings. From here they could also clearly see the docks along the other coast, filled with ships come to port. The triple-masted brigantine the party had seen earlier was pulling into the pier ahead of them, just west of the bridge. Its decks were busy with sailors moving about like ants, climbing over the rigging and preparing to unload their cargo from foreign lands. Mikael watched them over the rail of the bridge as they walked, giving his eyes something to enjoy.

At last they stepped off the foot of the bridge and back down to the level of the city. And again, they were in Lower Herrod. It’d been some days since they’d been here, not since the fire. In between then and now, they’d experience the joy and tragedy of Larlben Manor and the battle for the guardpost. Although Lower Herrod was much the same since they’d left it, they themselves were quite different. The party had new faces, and some old faces were gone. And the others had grown - yes, they’ve grown. There was much to be done. Johannes then spoke, “We’ll go for the X just west of us. We haven’t been to that part of the city yet.” Silent, watchful, and secretly curious of what they might find, the group followed Johannes through an alley and onto a smaller city road. Indeed they hadn’t explored this party of the city, but then, it didn’t seem like there was much to see. Buildings around them were mostly residential, middle class homes and apartments by their appearance. When the road brought them near the pier, the residences were replaced by a few shipping warehouses, and they could once again see that brigantine ship through a layer of buildings. The crew were carrying crates down a ramp. Sailors had a busy life.

Continuing down the road a little farther, Johannes suddenly held out his hand for them to stop. The party waited while he pulled out the map and took a closer look. “It looks like. . .” Johannes said ponderously, “the X is a bit off the road, down this alley to the left I think.” Indeed on the left hand side was a common alleyway between two bulky apartment buildings. Imbellem peered down it, but nothing about it seemed special. He shrugged, “Let’s have a look.

Warily, they crept into the alley, only wide enough for two people to stand side by side. Only a stone’s throw down, the alley stopped in a dead end with nothing there save a few piles of trash from the apartments and a circular sewer grate in the center. Imbellem threw his hands up and let them fall to his side. “There’s nothing here!” he exclaimed. Jacqueline walked past him, her eyes scanning furiously across the ground. She smirked, “Oh, I wouldn’t say that.” Jacqueline crouched down by the sewer grate and traced her finger around what looked like a footprint. Slipping her fingers beneath a latch, she lifted out the sewer grate, revealing a metal ladder which headed down into the Aqueducts. “I think this is exactly where we’re supposed to go,” she said calmly. She waved toward the others to follow, keeping her gaze downward. “Come on, let’s not waste any time.” Without another word, she hopped into the hole and slid down the ladder, disappearing from the surface. Johannes stepped beside the entrance and sniffed. “Smells like victory,” he said, remembering something past. Johannes smiled and called out to the others, “Come on guys. You’re not going to let a woman show up four men are you?” Then, he too climbed onto the ladder and lowered himself down.

It was dim inside the Aqueducts. Light peaked in through grates and small gaps to the surface which ambiently illuminated the tunnels, but they only did so much. Listening to the others climb down behind, Johannes looked around, Jacqueline already a few feet ahead doing the same. They were in a tunnel that seemed to follow the road above, going west to east. Flowing down the middle of the tunnel, just beneath the level of their feet, ran a river of dark-greenish water. The Aqueduct river wasn’t very wide, five feet at the most, and drifted at a gentle pace eastward. Darkness hid the farther ends of the tunnel, but if what they say about the Aqueducts is true, it’s not a place they’d want to explore thoughtlessly without risking being lost. Imbellem, whose hair had become disheveled again from the climb down, stepped beside Johannes, “So what are we looking for exactly?” Dwalin hopped off the ladder and turned. Immediately he answered for Johannes, “I’m pretty sure we’re looking for that.” They looked at Dwalin who was pointing across the river; on the other side, almost the same color as the grime-covered walls, was a single metal door. It was hardly a wonder they didn’t notice it at first, for it was old, rusted, and covered with the same fungus that seemed to grow everywhere. And what’s more, it had no handle at all - just a metallic rectangle that seemed almost randomly placed. “Jacqueline,” Johannes called to her. She looked back at the others. Johannes smiled a confident smile, “I think we found it!{Hop over the River - Jump Check Required}.



Roleplaying Experience!
Dwalin: Gained 25 XP
Herr Johannes: Gained 70 XP
Lady Jacqueline: Gained 40 XP
Mikael: Gained 30 XP
Imbellem: Gained 62 XP

***

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde:
Knowledge Nature ~ The reddish powder came from the Coer Tree, which only grows on he neighboring jungle Isle of Noanatu. The dried and ground sap from the Coer is sweeter than any maple and often bought and sold by Olseeni traders enroute to Perdane. Living in a trade center like Herrod has its perks!
Spot & Listen ~ Watching Adwonus and his elven companion, you could’ve sworn that you locked eye contact with the elf, just for a moment. She might’ve seen you too. . .
]

[Private to Imbellem Tueri:
Spot & Listen ~ Next to the wagons, you hear one of the traders talking a rock in his shoe that he can never seem to find! “Curse these cheap boots!”
]

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja:
Spot & Listen ~ “Ahh, I’ve got dust in my eye!” Mikael cried. He went to the nearest well to wash it out!
]

[Private to Herr Johannes:
Spot & Listen ~ Looked clear.
Other ~ One roll in the stomach and another to spare! It’s going to be a delicious day.
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:22, Sat 28 Feb 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 208 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 20:06
  • msg #35

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

{Oh, goodness. The dreaded jump checks...

15:07, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 17 using 1d20+1. Jump Check.

Whew.}


Jacqueline took a running start to jump over the river, effortlessly landing in a crouch. She smirked and glanced over her shoulder behind her to see the boys catching up. For how long she knew them, they honestly felt like good friends. Honest, brave men unafraid of standing up for what was right. Standing up, she turns around and extends a hand out, in case anyone needed help over.

{As a +2 for anyone needing help! :D}
This message was last edited by the player at 20:10, Sat 28 Feb 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 32 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Sat 28 Feb 2015
at 20:56
  • msg #36

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde (msg # 35):

Yeah. Bloody jump checks haha

15:37, Today: Imbellem Tueri rolled 2 using 1d20. Jump check

Nervously bobbing up and down, as if to psych himself up for the jump, preparing to grab Lady Jacquelines hand if necessary, Imbellem began to run up toward the gap that was flowing with water under them. Unfortunately, the pre-jumping bobbing caused his new green bandanna he had wrapped around his neck to loosen, and climb higher and higher on his face with each step he took. As he ran closer, the bandanna made a desperate leap, covering up Imbellems face, causing a muffled shout of horror as his hands raised to pull down the cloth from his eyes, but it was too late. The incredible timing of the bandannas attack on poor imbellem caused him to run straight over the edge, unable to even jump, falling with an incredible lack of grace toward the sewer water beneath him. A splash echos in the tunnels as ripples are all that remain of imbellem. All members of the party began to spring into action, to rescue the cleric when his head simply popped above the surface of the sewage water, obvious frown on his face as his bandanna was now lowered into its position on his neck. "Ah shit." Grumbled imbellem ironically as he embarrasingly stood up in the shallow sewage, looking down at himself as the liquid dripped off his arms and cascaded down from his hair. Looking up to his left, he noticed Dwalin in uproarious laughter, and Mikael and Johannas trying their best not to laugh as well. Looking to his right, he sees Lady Jacqueline, now withdrawing her assistive hand to him to not get any of the smell on her. "Nah its cool, i got this" Imbellem said, words dripping with a passive aggressive tone as well as sewage water. A sickening splat of his forearm was sounded as he grunted up the shoulder high wall and slipping his boots off the wall, currently unable to climb the wall, he splats his boots back into the water and looks at the group. "Okay," he proclaimed extending both arms outward from him sides and looking at all members of his party, "THAT could very well be the least graceful thing I've ever done. You should all be proud that you had a chance to witness it." he added with a smile. He waded his way halfway between the two jumping points and said with a sigh of acceptance, "While im here i suppose," he said as he began to hunch over, "If anybody needs a little help, You can hop off my back for an extra step. Im already filthy anyway, whats one more bootprint on my cloak," He added with a laugh. "Just so long as you help me out and allow me to leap into the nearest body of CLEAN water and wash myself off after this." Quickly darting a glare at Dwalin, probably the heaviest of all of them small, but large in his heavy iron armor, and then switched to more of a puppy-eyed expression as if to say 'please be careful'

To use the Imbellem Stepping-Stone offer (one time only) Roll for balance check

Imbellem jokingly splashed some of the rancid smelling liquid up to Mikael, which he easily avoided, causing his sassy remark to be quickly halted. The cleric laughed to himself

[Private to DM Ryan; Mikael Vaeltaja: Nice roll there buddy. Cmon in, the waters fine haha]
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:22, Tue 03 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 28 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Sun 1 Mar 2015
at 20:39
  • msg #37

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Before Imbellem takes his jump, I turn towards him. "Well let's hope this goes better than your efforts with the pirate's door! Perhaps this entrance will be less... formidable."

I take a step back to witness Imbellem's jump over the river. As he tumbles into the water I grab my spear to hold my self up while I attempt to contain my laughter. Alas the sewer is filled with echos of splashing water and laughter. "Hah! Now I thought I had trouble with a little jump."

I regain my composure and stand back up straight. I look at the spear in my hands and a smirk creeps onto my face. "Hmm.. I have an idea." I say to myself. I walk back to where Imbellem started his run and check my belongings, making sure everything is secure and in place. "Now let me show you how it's really done!"

Spear in both hands. I spring out of a stand still and into a dash towards the edge of the water. Mere feet from the waters edge. I put down the end of my spear into the ground as I push myself off and jump into the air...

[19:12, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 6 using 1d20(+2 for synergy :D). Jump check.]

I land on the other side with just inches to spare. I stumble for one step forward, but quickly stand back up straight. Turning towards Imbellem with a smirk, "Heh, what did I tell ya!"
This message was last edited by the player at 16:15, Mon 02 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 177 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 3 Mar 2015
at 12:10
  • msg #38

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Observing the others' success and failures reminds me of a certain extremely slippery board I call to remembrance. "Jacqueline! Maybe Taisiya left to retrieve a certain board that she knew would 'help' us cross this river." I chuckle to myself and wink at her recalling the old times adventuring in a certain other aqueduct. "For those of you who do not know, Jacqueline, Taisiya, and I adventured yesterday in an aqueduct. We were attempting to save someone caught in a chest. We had to cross a small aqueduct which proved to be far more difficult than necessary due to an extremely slippery board. It turned out to be some hooligan whose parrot seemed to like me better, when he made his hasty escape. That is where this guy, or perhaps girl, (I have to figure that out still) came from."
     I point to my parrot as I offer he or she some bits of bread and petting just behind it's head softly with my gloved hand. "Like me better, eh?" I say to my parrot friend feeding he or she some food. In reply my parrot says, "Like me better! Like me better!" I laugh, "Quick learner! that is for sure. I still have to name it. I was talking with Imbellem earlier about some possible names though. I think I may have come to a decision. It is between 'arcus pluvia' and 'iris caeli.' The first means rain bow, and the second rainbow, in Latin. There is more meaning behind it than that, but that is enough for now. Maybe I could combine them?"
     "You know, I will miss her (Taisiya). As I recall, I realize I do not know where she is from, did any of you hear where?" I ponder to myself a moment realizing this. "You know, if she is not from around here, this fight could be completely not her own. Perhaps that is why she left. She never signed up for this, she just sort of became embroiled in it. The problem is, I am not sure she can really just walk away from it. However this may explain the lack of commitment to the cause though. Either way, it is sad to see her go. I pray she will return quickly."

     "Anyways, it is time to get across this river, enough reminiscing for now." I smile. "Well, Imbellem, I will take the offer up, if you really do not mind, being walked on." I check my belt and pack, making sure each strap is secure and pouch closed. "Alright, Jacqueline, Mikael, be ready to catch me, or reach out a hand to help" I smile again. I take my quarterstaff and place it to the floor of the aqueduct next to Imbellem to further steady myself. I then gently take a step across using Imbellem as a stepping stone.

{07:46, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 16 using 1d20+1. Balance Check, to cross aqueduct on Imbellem; MQ.}

"Aha! Success! Thank you Imbellem! Thank you Jacqueline for the hand. That was so much easier than before!" I laugh, glad that the crossing was complete. "Hmm, perhaps I should light a torch to see better." I draw a torch from my pack and light it. "There we go. Much better" I examine the door more closely, "Jacqueline, can you take a closer look at this? Does it look recently used?" I look for a slot that would open to view us. "Here we ought to check the map quickly, I think the number of marks may indicate the number of times to knock, but then again, this door may be far before the one we would need knock on. Here someone hold the torch while I get the map out to check." While someone holds the torch, I get out the map to check it.

     "Also, Dwalin, what do your Dwarf eyes see down here, up and down the tunnel? I think you can see better in the dark as a Dwarf, right?"

As always I stay aware of what is going on around us.

{07:13, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 10 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
07:12, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
}

sound track sort of like the sewer ;)
http://youtu.be/RU130x3LAbI?list=PLEAB09BECE883B4BF
This message was last edited by the player at 12:56, Tue 03 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 297 posts
Tue 3 Mar 2015
at 17:26
  • msg #39

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Come on boys! What are you, scared?” Jacqueline teased from the other side of the sewer. Like an alley cat, she’d effortlessly leapt across and now stood smirking at back at the men. Although the sewer river moved at a gentle current, the dank and sour smell that rose from it caused some anxiety. The men looked at the water warily, at least, with the exception of one. Imbellem looked indignified at Jacqueline’s comment, “Who’s she calling scared!? I’ll show her.” Taking a few steps back, Imbellem started toward the river. For a moment, the others thought he was going to make it, that is, until his bandanna fell over his eyes and he stumbled headfirst into the sewage. Jacqueline immediately threw her things aside, preparing to dive after him, but Imbellem quickly popped out of the water’s surface. His soaked hair dripped heavily over his equally soaked clothing while standing up in the river to find it came up only to his waist. Wet strands of hair matted over his face; slowly, he lifted a hand and parted his bangs, revealing an embarrassed expression underneath. “Well. . . that could’ve gone better.” The group broke into loud laughter.

Mikael calmed his chuckling and said, “Please, let me show you how it’s done.” “Be my guest,” Imbellem replied, grinning as he wrung out his hair, still standing in the water. Mikael took a number of steps back until his heels touched the wall and then ran forward, pushing the end of his spear into the ground and launching himself across. One foot landed on the opposite edge, and the other dipped into the water behind him. “Waaoooaa,” Mikael cried out as he teetered on the edge, about to fall back straight into the sewage. Almost casually, Jacqueline reached out her hand and grabbed the neck of his shirt. Smirking, she said, “Hang on elf boy.” Not at all gently, she pulled him closer, and he stumbled onto land. Mikael swiftly stood up straight and wiped the look of panic off his face. “Aah, er, ahem - thanks, for the help,” he awkwardly said. Jacqueline rolled her eyes and lightly laughed, “Don’t mention it.

Discretely shaking the water off his boot, Mikael then said to Imbellem, “Do you need a hand getting out of the sewer?” Imbellem shrugged, “Nah. Hey Johannes, Dwalin - come walk across. I can help you.” Imbellem clasped his fingers together and held the palms of his hands upward, forming a step to walk on. Johannes and Dwalin looked at each other skeptically. Finally Johannes said, “Well ok, if you think you can manage it.” Johannes made a wide step with his left foot onto Imbellem’s hands. “Oo oo oo, man you’re heavy,” Imbellem said as his face and voice tensed up. Johannes replied, “Are you alright? Can you-” “Yes, im fine,” Imbellem hastily insisted, “Just keep going!” Putting the rest of his weight down, Johannes stepped onto Imbellem’s hands and placed his right foot down safely on the other side, as easily as walking across the street. Johannes smiled as he joined the others, “Well! That was much easier!” “Yea, sure,” Imbellem moaned to himself while stretching his red fingers, Johannes’ bootprint still slightly visible.

I’m next,” Dwalin uttered. Imbellem examined the heavy dwarf and his brass chain armor, thick shield, and solid metal waraxe. He gulped. “Can you handle it priest?” Dwalin asked curtly. Imbellem’s head moved in a bouncing motion, as though he was trying to shake no and nod at the same time. “I’ll take that as a yes.” Dwalin stepped onto Imbellem’s hands who made a high-pitched groan, like air escaping from a balloon. Dwalin placed a hand on the priest’s shoulder to support himself as Jacqueline and Mikael helped lift Dwalin from the other side. All three of their faces looked strained beneath the dwarf’s weight. Holding his companions’ arms, Dwalin walked onto the stone and next to Johannes. Dwalin nodded, “You’re right Johannes. That was easier.” Exhausted, Jacqueline and Mikael fell onto their backsides breathing heavily, and Imbellem heaved himself out of the water to collapse next to them. Mikael moaned a whisper to the others, “Dwarves sure are heavy.” “Tell me about it,” Jacqueline panted. All three stared up at the curved stone ceiling of the tunnel. Johannes walked next to them and leaned overhead, “What’s the matter? Tired? Come on, let’s not get lazy now!

While the others rolled onto their stomachs and slowly picked themselves off the ground, Johannes approached the metal door. With no handle or latch, it was merely a large metal rectangle in the sewer, mysteriously so. “We’re close - I know it. Now, we need to figure out what we’re going to do about this door. . .
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:30, Tue 03 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 36 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 14/14
Wed 4 Mar 2015
at 16:54
  • msg #40

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem was struggling to crack all the joints in his arms after the feat with the heavy dwarf. Perhaps I overestimated myself... He thought to himself. Catching his breath and cracking his knuckles, he walked up to join the others who now stood near the large metal rectangle, looking around around its frame. "Well," he began as if to remind the others, "according to the map, this mark on the map had the 'X' as well as a single dash. Perhaps all we need to do is knock once? That is..." He said, voice trailing off as he put both hands behind his back and arched as far back as he could to readjust his spine. A harsh snap was heard and he exhaled in relief and stood up straight again. He continued, "We still have no idea whats in there or what would greet us if the door even did open." He then walked over to the door and pressed his ear on its cold side, to try to listen to whatever was within.

Imbellem Tueri rolled 15 using 1d20+5. Listen check on door to hear whatever may be inside.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 7 using 1d20+6. Spot check on door

Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 29 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 4 Mar 2015
at 20:40
  • msg #41

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Watching the last of the group cross the water, "Well now that that's out of the way, what to do about this door." I take a few steps over to the giant block of metal and examine it closely, seeing if it has been opened recently or if there is anyway of forcing it open from the outside.

[11:02, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 21 using 1d20+4. Search check, MQ.]

Considering Imbellems thoughts on the map and door, "It seems too easy if all we have to do is knock once. There's no way we could get that lucky. Perhaps we will still need the name of a pirate ship to be affiliated with. Hopefully this attempt goes a little bit better than at the pirate cove." Shooting a look at Imbellem, "Well if we need to pose as pirates, Imbellem sure smells like one now!"

[11:03, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 23 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
11:03, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 7 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
]
This message was last edited by the player at 16:04, Thu 05 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 178 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 7 Mar 2015
at 05:37
  • msg #42

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I consider to myself our next courses of action.

"Hmm, well lets see.
First I am going to need a search of the area next to the door for switches, in case the map was referencing a switch, when it said knock. {Search Check, Knowledge of Stone and Mechanics- Dwalin?, Knowledge Check?}
Tell me if you can tell where the hinges are and where that would be, and if they are something you could remove. Look for mechanical aspects. {Search check, Knowledge check?}
Also, tell me if you find a slot that would open to view our faces. {Search or Spot Check}
I am going to look at the map once more. Also, did anyone remember who had the other letter we were to give to Darus, the one about the attack? and if that person can get it out, please
" {that is post it on the forum thread for all to read}.

I draw the map and look at it again, "Jah, appears to be one mark and a key at the bottom that would indicate that means 'knock.' The only thing that comes to mind is knocking on a door, unless you all have some other idea of what it means."

I then come to a realization about those papers. "Actually, I am likely carrying those papers. Hmm," I reach into my pouch and search for the letter, with a satisfied 'Aha!' I draw a paper from my pouch with the brooch from Larlben. Out comes the well rolled paper. As I unfurl it to read, a second paper falls onto the ground and I pick it up quickly before any water would touch it. I then proceed to read both.

"Aha, this is the letter I was talking about:"
quote:
Sergeant Dugwin, We've received a tip off as to the location of the rebel leader, Kelden Delcor. Tomorrow at dawn, we will be assaulting his compound. If you have any men to spare, send them my way, though I'm aware most of the City Guard is stretched thin. The army officers have been infuriatingly slow to mobilize; I suspect they're doing it on purpose. Even if they were to move now, the provincial army wouldn't arrive for another several days, and I doubt we have that long. But at dawn, the rebel leader shall be slain or in custody. ~ Ulin Morris, Captain of the Guard.


"Hmm, and this other is of importance to remind us of again:"
quote:
03:17. Fire in Lower District. Tavern called Boar's Tusk Inn. Some damage to surrounding buildings. Apparent skirmish between rebels and Larlben supporters.

19:40. Rebels attacked known Larlben property and businesses. Suspected aftermath of previous skirmish.

06:21. Celus Larlben dead. Lawfully killed by agent of the state. Expect rebels to become emboldened; all guardposts reinforce their defenses. Hire sellswords if necessary.


"Lastly, it would be foolish to not knock on the door once. For it may be truly that simple. I would expect that it will not be pirates who would greet us, but Kelden's men. Hmm, well everyone prepare your weapons just to be safe, and I will knock on the door." { I hand the torch to Mikael right away. I then put away safely all the letters, papers and maps. When everyone is ready with their weapons drawn, I knock on the door ONCE loudly. I hold my guissarme and put my quarterstaff on my pack.}

"Oh, and one last thing, Imbellem, put on this Helm we got from the guards, and change from that hide armour to this studded leather we got, take this old Heavy shield as well. Those should all help your defense greatly."

Items TRANSFERRED to Imbellem
quote:
from general loot:
 1 Studded Leather Armour
 1 worn (only applies to looks) Heavy Shield
 1 Guard Helm

 [Private to Imbellem Tueri: {This should increase your land speed to 30ft instead of 20ft from armour check penalty, and increase your AC by 2, 1 from the helm completing your 5ths AC, 1 from the shield upgrade.}]

Of course, I stay aware during all of this.
{00:36, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 16 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
00:36, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 2 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 05:49, Sat 07 Mar 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 210 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 7 Mar 2015
at 06:33
  • msg #43

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Jacqueline leans a little away from Johannes staring into her face for his search check. "H-hello..." she murmured timidly. She also makes herself aware, unsure of how to respond at this point.

{01:32, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 17 using 1d20+8. Search Check.
01:31, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.
01:31, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 19 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.}

DM Ryan
GM, 305 posts
Sat 7 Mar 2015
at 12:11
  • msg #44

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem crouched by the metal door and placed his ear against it. The metal was cool to the touch. Suddenly Jacqueline realized what he was doing and grabbed his shoulder, “Woah there bud. I think I’d better do this one.” Seeing him trying to stealthily listen to anything was now associated with a certain event. Imbellem stood and defiantly exclaimed, “What! I can do it. In fact I already listened in and heard a skittering and squeaking sound. There’s definitely rats on the other side of the door.” Imbellem folded his arms and looked proud. Jacqueline looked at him, then down at his feet, then back at Imbellem. With a dry smile she said, “Well you’re half right. There’s a rat - but it’s behind you.” “Eek!” Imbellem jumped into the air and turned. Indeed there had been a fat sewer rat nibbling on Imbellem’s boot. Startled by Imbellem, it hastily scurried away down the tunnel.

Straightening himself out, Imbellem coughed and said to Jacqueline, “I suppose you can have a turn.” Silently smirking, she walked past him and listened to the door. Mikael stepped beside her. “Do you hear anything?” While speaking, he examined the stone around the door, looking for any clues. “Maybe,” she whispered. “People perhaps.” Mikael dragged his finger across the ground through lines of grime and dust, “It’s been opened recently too.” Meanwhile, Johannes stood behind them with his eyes fixed to the map, going over the hints and markings in his mind. The solution was there in plain sight. He murmured to himself, “It couldn’t be that easy. Could it?” Returning the map to his pack, Johannes approached behind Jacqueline and Mikael. “Stand aside. I have an idea.” They looked at each other and then made way. Johannes pulled out his quarterstaff. Once, and only once, he knocked the end against the metal door. Surprisingly, the sound resonated in the metal like a bell, resulting in a clear and unmistakable ring. The party waited in suspense.

Several moments passed. And then several more. Imbellem spoke, “Perhaps we did it wrong? Maybe there’s certain time of day? Or-” A loud screech of metal interrupted him as something turned behind the door. Then, the edge of the metal freed itself from the wall, and the entire door swung open. Someone spoke from inside, “Come on in brothers.

With the door hanging open, the party could see it was a thick, solid piece of metal; on the inside was a large wheel-like handle. The party warily and frantically looked at one another. Johannes, feeling emboldened, was the first to step through and the others soon followed. Leaving the sewer tunnel behind them, they entered a square stone room with a trench of water in the center. The opposite, southern side of the room had five more smaller tunnels that shot in five directions. In the corner closest to the metal door was a makeshift table of crates and stools where two young men sat playing cards. A third man, who’d opened the door, was still standing. As the last of the party entered the room, the third man appeared confused and then suddenly alarmed, “Wait a minute. I don’t recognize you. . . Boys! I think we have intruders - get your swords!” The two men at the table hastily scrambled out of their stools and unsheathed their weapons. . .
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:52, Sat 07 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 38 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Sat 7 Mar 2015
at 15:17
  • msg #45

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

The tension in the room reached an unpleasant point. Both sides were silent, the three men with weapons drawn and ready to fight, as well as the group of adventurers, who stood ready, to defend themselves at a moments notice. That is, until the deafening silence was broken by a frantic voice from behind the group of newcomers into this strange new room. "Woah woah woah!-pft-" Shouted Imbellem from behind the group. Standing behind Johannes and Dwalin (Strategically mind you, just in case his plan didnt work, these two seemed the most capable to stop a blade for him while he prepared for an attack). The Paladin and dwarf shifted their gaze at the cleric behind them, eyebrows raised which broke their most intimidating stance, they stepped aside so the three men ready to attack could clearly see him. Imbellem had his hands up, palms facing the strangers to show he was unarmed, or so they thought; His mace hung by its wrist strap behind his arm and dangled behind his arm and back, thus out of sight. Just in case he needed to quickly flick up his weapon and defend himself. "We're on the -pft- same side here, we didnt come to fight -pft-" The new helmet given to Imbellem before the door opened was new for him, having never worn one in his life, as made apparent by its slightly cocked position on his head. He had forgotten to put his hair up and out of his face, leaving the new form of armor to push hair over his face and tickle his nose, leaving him to constantly blow it out of the way. "We're here to help, we simply came to stop a disaster, nothing more -pft-" The men looked at eachother in confusion. "How else would we know how to get here?" he asked the men who turned their attention to him. "-pft- We share common friends, we simply wish to help, or perhaps have answers and we will leave if you wish. We mean no harm"

-pft-


Under his non threatening and rather childish approach to the strangers, Imbellem looks around the room and quickly tries to notice things around the area, including the men themselves, as well as listening intently for any other people nearby.

Imbellem Tueri rolled 21 using 1d20+3. Diplomacy check, reason with the men.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 16 using 1d20+6. Spot check, mens tunics for signs of allegiance.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 10 using 1d20+1. Knowledge local on room and its tunnels .
Imbellem Tueri rolled 19 using 1d20+5. Listen check for approaching men from behind.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 26 using 1d20+6. spot check for approaching men from behind. NATURAL 20 (ON THE MOST USELESS ONE OF THE BUNCH)
Imbellem Tueri rolled 18 using 1d20+6. spot check, guards equipment .
Imbellem Tueri rolled 8 using 1d20+6. Spot check, surrounding room for evidence of aligence
Imbellem Tueri rolled 20 using 1d20+5. Sense Motive on door men

This message was last edited by the player at 02:44, Tue 10 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 179 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sun 8 Mar 2015
at 04:13
  • msg #46

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I ready my weapon, "Ready your weapons people!" I shout to my squad. "The best way to have peace is a strong martial stance!"

I speak to the 3, door guards?, (I would assume they are door guards).
"Men, who do you serve?! To whom do you hold allegiance!? Back away! We just want to talk, but we are well able to defend ourselves, let us not kill our own allies. Let us all resolve this calmly."

I look around the room quickly for things that would indicate who these men serve.
{22:55, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 3 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, of surrounding room for evidence of allegiance; MQ.}
I speak quietly to our group around me. "Quickly!, look around people for things that would indicate who these people work for, and if we can trust them" {Do a spot check for this}

I look at what they wear, I look for tunic or colors or insignia to show their allegiance?
{22:58, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 18 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, of men and tunics for allegiance; MQ.
23:06, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 21 (nat 20!) using 1d20+1. Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty), of door Guards and their colors; MQ.
}
I speak to our group around me. "Look at their colors, {what tunic colors or unit insignia they have} are these men with us? Do any of you recognize them or their colors?" {Do a spot check and knowledge: nobility and royalty check (if you have it) for this}

I look at what they uses as weapons and armour to assess their threat level.
{23:00, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 4 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, of the guard's equipment; MQ.}
I speak quietly to our group around me. "What equipment are they using? What armour do they have?" {Do a spot check for this}

I look to see how skilled they appear.
{23:08, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 13 using 1d20+3. Knowledge Adventure, door men; MQ.
23:11, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 6 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, of door men's skill; MQ.
}
I speak quietly to our group around me. "How skilled with the blade do they look to you?" {i.e. do a knowledge adventure check if you have it, and maybe a spot check}

I also look around and listen to see if any other men are coming from the hallways or behind us to reinforce these men, or simply approaching for any reason.
{23:28, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 9 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, for other people approaching; MQ.
23:31, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 3 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, for other people approaching; MQ.
}
I speak quietly to our group around me. "People, look and listen to see if you hear others approaching." {they have a term for this in the military: SLLS (Stop, Look, Listen, Smell) it is for security, guarding, and being aware :)}  {i.e. do a spot and listen check for approaching people}

Finally, I look around the room and the tunnels {before this/ when I get a chance to determine if I know anything about it.}
{00:14, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 10 using 1d20+1. Knowledge Check (History), of the tunnels around us and this room; MQ.}

If combat rounds have begun, I step so my guisarme is in reach of the possible enemies and I am inside the room just opened to us and preferably to Dwalin's back left or right. I would need a grid to be more specific, but hopefully this will not result in combat unless these are not Kelden's men. I take the action of total defense while we talk. I order everyone else to do the same. "Stay inside the room people, and take defensive actions only, be on your guard." {We must hold the room in case they would close the door on us, we need to talk while it is open, they are more likely to listen to us then. Take a total defense action this first round (+4 AC, but you cannot attack) it will give us time to talk.}
This message was last edited by the player at 21:06, Sun 08 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 30 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Tue 10 Mar 2015
at 01:37
  • msg #47

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I ready my spear, but I stay behind Johannes. To the guards, "I am afraid you are a bit out numbered here, brothers. We did not come for a fight, for we are indeed brothers."
{21:18, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 13 using 1d20+9. Bluff check, being allies.}

While everyone else speaks I look around the room. Trying to catch anything I can about my surroundings.
{21:21, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 13 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, of men and tunics for allegiance.
21:20, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 20 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, of surrounding room for evidence of allegiance.
}

I take Jonhannes' lead and examine the guards for their equipment and what skill they may have.
{21:21, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 8 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, of door men's skill.
21:21, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 10 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, of the guard's equipment.
21:21, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 13 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, of men and tunics for allegiance.
}

I stay aware of my surrounds, paying attention for anyone who may be approaching.
{21:22, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 19 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, for other people approaching.
21:22, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 15 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, for other people approaching.
}

I stay by the side of Herr Johannes as I look about the room and the tunnels, attempting to remember if I know of this place.
{21:22, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 19 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, for other people approaching.
21:22, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 15 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, for other people approaching.
}

As I see Johannes get into a defensive stance, I as well take a total defense action to ready myself in case of combat.

"Imbellem..." As I roll my eyes, "Have you ever worn a helmet before? You're sure to be stabbed first with that wild hair of yours in your face."
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 63 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Tue 10 Mar 2015
at 02:17
  • msg #48

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin stands firm, drawing his axe. He let's the others do the talking, he knows he's not the best at diplomacy. He looks around the room, his dark vision cutting through even the deepest of shadows. 22:15, Today: Dwalin Grayhammer rolled 2 using 1d20. spot check to examine room. Hmmm, maybe my dark vision is broken he also readys his axe to attack anyone who makes an agrees I've action towards him or his allies.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 211 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Tue 10 Mar 2015
at 02:41
  • msg #49

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Jacqueline Stepped backwards behind Johannes, taking a total defense action. [Private to Herr Johannes: "If we need to do what we did before at the inn," she whispered in his ear, "please give me the word."] She clenched her jaw and looked furiously around at each of them, studying them quickly with what time they were given.


{22:38, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 20 using 1d20+3. Knowledge Nobility/Royalty.
22:37, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 17 using 1d20+5. Knowledge Local.
22:36, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 6 using 1d20+3. Sense Motive.
22:34, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 12 using 1d20+8. Spot Check. Surroundings.
22:33, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 22 using 1d20+8. Spot Check. Allegiance.
22:33, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Spot Check. Equipment.
22:31, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 23 using 1d20+8. Search Check. For traps.
22:31, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 9 using 1d20+8. Search Check. (My computer didn't want to show me this one)
22:31, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 14 using 1d20+8. Listen Check. (And this was a double from refreshing the page by accident)
22:30, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 16 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.}

This message was last edited by the player at 03:01, Tue 10 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 309 posts
Tue 10 Mar 2015
at 11:01
  • msg #50

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Cards fell to the ground. One of the men stood so hastily, he knocked aside their game as well as an empty mug. Pulling out a sword, he rushed to the side of his companion, waiting. Their clothing was plain and ordinary. If they were walking on the streets above, they’d have looked no different than any other citizen of Herrod. But they weren’t; instead they were behind a secret door in a secret room of the Aqueducts.

Dwalin held his axe at the ready. Next to him, Johannes clutched his guisarme as he searched the surroundings. But the chamber was bare and dull. No tunics, no markings, no clues. Spinning the axe in hands, Dwalin looked at the three men then Johannes, waiting for a sign. Tension built as the two groups examined each other. Johannes took a small step forward, and the man opposite him responded with a flinch of the arm, slightly raising his sword. They stressfully waited for the other to move. Mikael spoke, “I am afraid you are a bit outnumbered here, brothers. We did not come for a fight, for we are indeed brothers.” They gripped their swords even tighter. One spat, “Brothers don’t threaten brothers, liar.” Sweat trickled from Mikael’s eyebrow.

Suddenly, Jacqueline loudy muttered, “Oh this is ridiculous.” She shoved her way past Johannes and sharply yelled at her own companions, “Boys, cool your testosterone! For goodness sake. . .” Turning toward the three men she waved a hand at them, “And you. What do you think you’re doing pointing your swords at people!? If we’re here isn’t it possible that we’re supposed to be here?” The three men exchanged glances, absolutely uncertain how to respond to this. Jacqueline continued in a fierce tone, “Didn’t your mothers teach you any etiquette at all!? Obviously, we’re here to help Delcor or we couldn’t find here in the first place! Use your brains!” One of the men looked downright scared of Jacqueline. “Well!?” she pressed. The man who’d opened the door stepped forward. He timidly said, “Oh. Right.” They lowered their weapons, and the party followed suit.

The speaker was fairly young, in his twenties, and had wavy brown hair. “But you’re still not supposed to be here. Kelden’s headquarters is off limits to anyone without a senior status.” Johannes interjected, “We have important information, information that could save all of your lives!” The three men’s eyes widened. Briefly, they whispered to each other as though they were struggling to make a decision. Finally they ceased and the speaker said, “I think it’ll be best to just let Kelden hear this. He’ll know what he wants to do about it.” Johannes looked back at his companions with a cheerful look about how things were going. “But you can’t go without an escort,” the speaker continued. He turned toward a man in his thirties with the beginnings of a black beard, “Jeri, come with me.” “Got it Han,” he replied.

While their third member returned to the make-shift table of crates and picked fallen cards off the ground, the other two men approached the party. Han, the speaker, said, "Follow me. It’s not far.” Johannes and the others nodded in reply. Hopping over the thin trench in the room, the two men walked toward one of five tunnels that shot off in a southeastern direction. “Stay close.” Mikael glanced at Dwalin; the dwarf looked very much at home here underground. Mikael was irritated at the anxiety he felt. Elves weren’t meant to be underground.

Followed by the party, the two men entered into the tunnel with a torch in hand. Before long, the metal door was out of sight behind them. And they marched onward.

***

quote:
Diplomacy ~ Your (Imbellem) friendly demeanor helped disarm the situation a fair bit. They seemed much more responsive to Jacqueline’s speaking (or better said scolding) by it.

Spot & Listen ~ Their clothing was bland and ordinary. All wore common trousers, and their shirts varied modestly. One however had a nice jacket which undoubtedly kept him warm in the cool Aqueducts. Most had only the clothing on their backs for armor, save for Han who had studded leather beneath his shirt. Each carried a longsword. There were no signs of an insignia or symbol, but this would be unsurprising for Delcor’s men, who would be mostly ordinary citizens. They were the only men nearby.

Knowledge Nobility & Royalty ~ They were undoubtedly commoners.

Knowledge Local & History ~ The Aqueducts consist of tunnels spanning everywhere beneath the City of Herrod, almost labyrinth like. Many of these tunnels were outfitted to be sewers centuries ago, carrying both clean water in from the west and draining waste into the sea. But still a large number of tunnels remain plain and deteriorated, built from a time long before Herrod. . .

Knowledge Adventure ~ They appear to be an easy rating. All three had the warrior class. It would have been a very one-sided fight.

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:16, Tue 10 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 31 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 11 Mar 2015
at 17:17
  • msg #51

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I look all around me while we continue down the tunnel. Watching every step as if something were about to jump out. "Why is it always underground. Why can't we have go through the foothills or over the mountain... it's always the tunnels. Couldn't the secret base have been in the back of a tavern or something."

I pull out my map in an attempt to track where we are going. "Hey Imbellem, take a look at this with me. I'm not great with my berrings when I'm underground."
Imbellem Tueri
player, 40 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Wed 11 Mar 2015
at 22:28
  • msg #52

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Mikael Vaeltaja (msg # 51):

The shuffle of boots could be heard echoing in the tunnels behind the nervous Mikael, "Ust uh mihnut" Imbellem said, bandana in his mouth. Thinking on the last helmet fiasco, he decided to put his hair into a ponytail and hold it in place with his bandana, thus keeping it out of his face in case the helmet which he had now secured to his pack for easy access in case of a sudden fight. Imbellem caught up to the sweating elf and pretended not to notice how uneasy he was. Reaching into his pack, he pulled out his map, and the clacking sounds of small charcoal pieces fell to the ground. He frantically picked them up and regained his position next to Mikael, "Alright so, I've been trying my best to keep things orderly, but we didnt have a whole lot of time because of... well..." he said motioning to the two men ahead of them with torches who obvious heard, but chose to ignore his statement. "Dont mind the quality, it was rather short notice, but I believe this is the current path we follow. I dont quite have enough light to correspond this to the main roads above us, but this is what i have so far..."

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja: Holding two different pieces of paper next to eachother, Imbellem leans over toward the half elf to show him his beautiful work of art along with the already existing map.

"According to this, as well as the direction the men took us, we are headed to that large circle with the letter B underneath it" Thowing a playful expression over the the elf, "Make ya feel any better?"
][Private to DM Ryan: Imbellem Tueri rolled 2 using 1d20+1. knowledge check check - tunnels.
 Imbellem Tueri rolled 13 using 1d20+2. knowledge check dungeering - tunnels
]
This message was last edited by the player at 04:25, Sat 14 Mar 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 212 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Thu 12 Mar 2015
at 02:43
  • msg #53

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline held her head level with the boys, making sure they behaved. She suddenly missed Taisiya and her company, as she was the only other girl she ever traveled with on this important adventure. She kept her bow in hand, in the event someone came out of hostility with the party. Rolling her eyes with a gentle smile, she bent down to help collect the pieces dropped by Imbellem before standing back up in continued pace. She kept note of the place, keeping note of where they came from and where they were going.

[Private to DM Ryan: It had been a while-- since childhood-- since she had last seen Kelden. Last she remembered was having to take a run for it after finding out that he was to be trained for leadership and that it was going to take a toll on their friendship. "Y-y'mean... we can't play anymore..?" Kelden nodded, unable to lift his eyes from the ground. "W-w'f-f-fine! See if I care!" Only a couple of years later did she write to him, apologizing. The note was nestled in the knot of the tree where they used to play. And she knew that he had at least gone there, since there was a long and narrow key threaded with leather as a necklace that had once belonged to Corelia-- and a couple of coal pieces they'd used to write all over that tree before rainfalls. The key was given to her by Corelia, with which she shared with Kelden on pretend adventures. She didn't remember seeing it there before she had left... So, poking a small hole in the corner of the note, she placed the key on it and nestled it in the small knot of the tree. And that was the last she had seen of Kelden. I apologize for running off... It just seems like those that I grow close to often just end up leaving me to fend for myself. Once I learned you were going to be away, I felt as though I lost a part of me. I know I haven't, and that the memory of you stays with me forever... So, this I know for sure: you will make a great leader, some day. All I ask is that you wait for me to see you before you make yourself a leader just yet. More content was in that note, but that was the majority of what she remembered.]
This message was last edited by the player at 02:45, Thu 12 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 32 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Thu 12 Mar 2015
at 21:48
  • msg #54

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

To the men leading us "Hey do you guys have any kind of map of these tunnels? It'd really help us get around and it might help avoid situations like we had at the door with you."
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 64 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Sat 14 Mar 2015
at 03:56
  • msg #55

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin walked along with the group looking at the surroundings; somewhat admiring them. Even though he didn't know where he was, he felt almost at home down in the dark."What's the matter elf? Isn't it nice down here? If I ever had a hideout, it would definitely be in a cave, good thinking on decor's part"
This message was last edited by the player at 04:00, Sat 14 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 180 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 14 Mar 2015
at 04:08
  • msg #56

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Imbellum, I have the sense that you have not worn that type of helmet before? I thought all clerics were trained in the use of heavy armour? Cleric being the specific type of priest you are? Unless I am mistaken? If not, I will have to train you. Armour can save your life. I think it would behoove you, and really us all to do more combat drills. I want to see us all become a trained team, like a forged weapon, like a great war horse and rider. They act in concert as one, like they were listening to the same piece of music. A symphony of union. The horse, the Knight's legs. The Knight, the horse's arm. Together as one, the move like the wind, yet strike like lightning. Their hooves like thunder. Have you ever seen it? A great cavalry unit? There are few who can stand before it's great might. Like thunder they roll as great waves on the shore in a storm. Like lightning they strike with swiftness.

quote:
3 Gird thy sword upon thy thigh, O most mighty, with thy glory and thy majesty.
4 And in thy majesty ride prosperously because of truth and meekness and righteousness; and thy right hand shall teach thee terrible things.
5 Thine arrows are sharp in the heart of the king's enemies; whereby the people fall under thee.
{Psalm 145:3-5 KJV}

3 Gird Your sword upon Your thigh, O mighty One, in Your glory and Your majesty!
4 And in Your majesty ride on triumphantly for the cause of truth, humility, and righteousness (uprightness and right standing with God); and let Your right hand guide You to tremendous things.
5 Your arrows are sharp; the peoples fall under You; Your darts pierce the hearts of the King’s enemies.
{Psalm 145:3-5 AMP}


What a verse I tell you. This is one I would have engraved on my shield or sword. Though likely in my native tongue. Ahh...

That makes me think, Have you all seen combat before? Were you military men before this? Any good stories to share?
"

[Private to GM: I think to myself of the former glory of Vaterland, of its legions. In my thoughts I speak, "It will again return to this former glory. Wait, no, it will exceed this former glory in a future glory..."]

"Dwalin, how well can dwarves see in the dark like this? I have heard tell of dwarven cities underground, even whole kingdoms, is this really true?"

I whisper to the group, looking at them seriously, "Do not let your guard down yet, my joviality is not to say I have lost my vigilance, stay vigilant people."

I take note of which hallway we went down after we came through the iron door. I consider to myself the possibility of Adwonus following us and watching to see how we entered this underground. "Jacqueline, did you sense at all with your keen eyes and ears that we were being followed? I would surely not want Adwonus to have followed us." I pull my cloak up around my shoulders better in the dank cold air.

As pleasant as my demeanor is, I keep my guard up and stay on point (disciplined).
{23:57, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled {21 -nat 20! can I hear what the guards are talking about?} using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
23:57, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 4 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

I consider the sewers we walk through, "Are these sewers part of the Old Kingdom you think? --the kingdom that that archeologist spoke of? Are they just sewers? Is there anything else we can tell about them. Do any of you all know more about these tunnels?" {Can you all do a knowledge check that applies on them, like dungeoneering or local or history?}

{00:17, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 2 using 1d20+1. Knowledge (History), about the surrounding tunnels; MQ.}
This message was last edited by the player at 04:18, Sat 14 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 41 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Sat 14 Mar 2015
at 04:30
  • msg #57

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Herr Johannes (msg # 56):

This may come as a surprise to you good sir, but I have been on my own for quite a while now... I was forced to leave my family and friends over a... squabble of sorts. Any way I have managed to survive up until this point has been by the grace of God himself. I wish only for the strength and ability to protect those who need it the most. I would most appreciate any advice with armor or weapons you would be willing to share. And I must say, your knowledge  of the Scriptures are a breath of fresh air to me. It is rare that I find myself within spiritual brothers.
Herr Johannes
player, 181 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 14 Mar 2015
at 04:37
  • msg #58

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Thank you Imbellem. I have oft times found myself on the road. I found it very helpful to have the scriptures memorized, in case I was parted from my Holy Bible. I also found it natural for them to sort of bubble up in time of need after having memorized and meditated on them. Especially in times of great need such, such as combat." I nod and smile- sharing an understanding [Private to Imbellem Tueri: many others outside our group would not understand a bond of soldiers and brothers in faith.]
DM Ryan
GM, 316 posts
Sat 14 Mar 2015
at 16:21
  • msg #59

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin touched the stone walls as they walked, feeling the dampness on his finger tips. The walls themselves were smooth, ancient, and they strongly reminded him of home. He found comfort in the darkness and the way sound blurred with its echo. But he was far from his home, a fact he could never forget.

Putting his nostalgia away, Dwalin spoke, “These wall are old. Who built these?” Han glanced behind with a similarly curious expression. “We don’t know really. We simply, found them like this. The city’s full of tunnels. Some were turned into sewers, but a lot haven’t been touched. Makes for good hideouts.” In contrast to his dwarven companion, Mikael had been feeling uneasy. Being underground wasn’t the elven way, especially the Galian way. It didn’t feel natural. Despite this, Mikael tried to keep his mind sharp and asked, “Do you guys have any kind of map of these tunnels?” Jeri looked at Mikael incredulously, as if surprised the question could even be asked. “Impossible,” he remarked. “You couldn’t imagine how complicated the Aqueducts are. But to be honest, we tried. We sent men scouting to map our surroundings in the beginning. Some came back. . . some didn’t. We stopped trying after that.” Mikael didn’t think it was possible, but he suddenly disliked the tunnels even more. “We built all our doors near Aqueduct entrances though. As long as you can find a door, there’ll be men there who can direct you to base.” Mikael nodded and resumed thinking of other, more pleasant things, anything that’d distract his mind from the closeness.

Ten minutes or so they walked. Every once in a while they’d pass through an intersection, but Han always continued straight, to the southeast. Johannes marveled at how fast they must be traveling through the city. Cutting through all the streets and buildings, the tunnel made for a direct route. At last it ended, ceasing at another metal door.

Han rapped a few times on the center. And without any delay, it opened. Light and noise spilled out. “That’s it. We’re here.

The group stepped inside and onto a wooden floor that had been laid over the stone, probably to make people feel more comfortable than anything else. Lanterns hung periodically overhead from the fairly low ceiling. Almost immediately, Imbellem nearly stumbled into a pile of weapons leaning against one of many thick, rectangular pillars; Jacqueline caught his arm as though she anticipated the stumbling before he did. He murmured a thanks but she paid him scant attention, her eyes darting around the room.


There were people. Mostly young men with a handful of women and older faces, people were busily moving about the wide chamber. Some were carrying crates, others weapons, and even food supplies. It was a beehive of activity. Few even glanced at the newcomers, too immersed in their tasks.

On every side of the chamber were more halls and doors, leading to a number of more unseen rooms, an underground network. Now this was a base. As Han led the party across to the far side, Jacqueline caught a delicious smell drifting from a hall to the east. “Smells like, pork,” she said, intoxicated by the scent. Jeri chuckled, “Yep. It’s pork day. Down there’s the kitchen and dining hall.” “You guys seem to have everything you need down here,” Johannes commented. “Mostly,” Jeri replied. “Supplies used to be hard to come by when we were starting out, but with all the support we’ve been getting lately, it’s been smooth sailing. Things are looking good for us.” Johannes felt a surge of conviction by that statement. Things were looking good.

Reaching the far wall, the south wall, Han knocked on a simple wooden door connected to the main room. Surprisingly to the party, a woman’s voice replied, “Yea, you can come in.” He opened the door and stepped inside, followed by the the rest of the group who filed in one by one. The room was square and not very large, no more than fifteen feet across, but in the center was a large round table that bulkily occupied most of the space. Papers and maps were sprawled all across the top. And surrounding the table were four people.

On the farthest side was an older man, easily in his fifties. With a scruffy face and short hair, he looked weary, but his eyes possessed an uncommon sincerity to them. A woman stood next to him; undoubtedly the one who spoke, her red hair was cut just above the shoulders. It looked like she’d seen combat in her days. When she looked at the party with her dark green eyes, she had the most peculiar look of curiosity on her face, intrigue. Across from her sitting in a chair was a more familiar face - Darus! He set down a paper in his hands and glanced up to see who their visitors were. Slowly, he grinned as he recognized them, pleased. And facing away from the party was another person. Standing over a sprawled map, he was studying the parchment intently. He ruffled his blonde hair in contemplation. Darus nodded toward him and spoke, “Sir, you might was to see this.

The person straightened up and turned. His blonde hair was cut short; his blue eyes looked piercing against his fairly pale skin. But he still looked strong. Seeing the faces of the visitors, he too smiled. Johannes then thought to himself, ‘We did it. We finally did it.’ The man spoke,

Welcome. I, am Kelden Delcor.


Imbellem Tueri
player, 42 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Sun 15 Mar 2015
at 16:33
  • msg #60

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem stood in the room, as the hustle and bustle of people moving boxes and papers filled the air around him. As soon as he entered the room, his eyes immediately went to the woman with red hair and dark green eyes. He was enchanted, thinking she was the most lovely woman he had ever seen. Unaware of his staring, or current facial expression which had turned childish as his head leaned slightly sideways and a dopey smile radiated across his face. This was cut short quickly however, as those same dark green eyes quickly darted up, meeting his and snapping him out of his stupor, causing him to quickly avert his gaze and jump slightly quickly looking around the room to appear as if he was examining the room. As he felt a flush of embarrassment begin to envelop him, he did the one thing he did best when he got nervous: babble like an idiot. "Hello!" he almost shouted, startling some of the members of the party around him, "Im afraid we've never met, though it seems some of my friends know you rather well. My name is Imbellem, and I have just recently joined your cause. Its a pleasure to meet you mister..." His voice trailed off, distracted by the green eyes in the corner who looked at him with a face of confusion. "Kel..dor... Del...kin... uhh," he said, raising index finger and thumb to his nose bridge and squeezing, as if to help remember his name as his other hand snapped repeatedly. A swift, powerful elbow to the ribs caused him to flinch. "Delcor. Kelden Delcor." Mikael whispered with a tone of embarrassed anger. "Right!" Imbellem shouted again, in nervous embarrasment, "Mister Delcor, im sorry. Its wonderful to finally meet you." Imebellem looked over to the woman who shook her head in mocking silent laughter. Imbellem lowered his head and coughed. "Right sorry, Im afraid I know much less than some of the others, so I figured I would make my introduction... Ill shut up now." The room sat in silence and looked at him for a moment, but then went along their actions as if nothing had happened.
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 16:40, Sun 15 Mar 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 213 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Mon 16 Mar 2015
at 00:18
  • msg #61

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Elora's eyebrows shot up as she stifled a laugh.

Lady Jacqueline glanced between the woman and Kelden. And then glared at Imbellem for a moment in his bout of silliness before her. Stiffly rubbing her elbow and meeting eye contact with Kelden, the lady quietly, dryly speaks, "H-hello, Kelden." Her gaze drops to the floor. [Private to DM Ryan: It has been a long time...]
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 33 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Mon 16 Mar 2015
at 18:12
  • msg #62

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Standing next to Imbellem I bury my face in my hand after he finishes his... introduction. To Imbellem, "Smooth...".

I take a moment to breath in the air and take in the surroundings. With a slight sigh of relief, "Well for being underground this isn't the too bad. It has been a good while since I last smelled fresh pork like that." A slight rumble comes from my stomach at the smell, "And you know what pork means... Bacon."
Herr Johannes
player, 182 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 17 Mar 2015
at 04:13
  • msg #63

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

https://youtu.be/aQeIYVM3YBM?t=4m1s

Eclipsed by the realization that we are truly meeting Kelden face to face, I pay no attention to my compatriots quarrels or nervous speech. We finally made it, we finally have found him, we finally reached Kelden and his key party. Concerned by past events Security immediately comes to the forefront of my mind. I do not plan to even allow such terrible events that have past befallen us and thwarted our efforts. I speak to the party quietly, "Keep a look out for Adwonus or that vile elven assassin, make sure we were not followed."
     'Kelden Delcor. Is it really you?! Darus, is it true we have made it? Did you deliver the note I sent with you to Kelden?' I wonder to myself rhetorically, struck with slight awe for a moment. "Ehem!," I come back to discipline from the moment of gladness -I stand at attention. "Sir! Darus! We have extremely important information to report! We tried to catch you before you left, but it was too late! It is extremely urgent you get this message. We found additional documents from the tower we helped you take from the guards. Adion gave us the documents when we volunteered to find you and deliver them to you. The entire attack could be in jeopardy. This base could be in danger, and everyone in it. I shall waste no more time and show you the documents."

      I immediately begin to open my pouch and pull out the documents that I had from the tower, safely kept in my pouch. I pull 2 documents wrapped together in a roll from my front left pouch. I pull one from my pouch cautiously, working to not rip it or appear to nervous from a the impending news. I offer the first document to Darus. As he begins to read it, I notice its lack of significance and I clarify the seeming lack of importance. "This is a less important document we found with the other crucial document."

quote:
03:17. Fire in Lower District. Tavern called Boar's Tusk Inn. Some damage to surrounding buildings. Apparent skirmish between rebels and Larlben supporters.

19:40. Rebels attacked known Larlben property and businesses. Suspected aftermath of previous skirmish.

06:21. Celus Larlben dead. Lawfully killed by agent of the state. Expect rebels to become emboldened; all guardposts reinforce their defenses. Hire sellswords if necessary.


     I finally, properly, extricate and unravel the more important document and offer it to Kelden. "This is the document I needed you to see, Sir."

quote:
Sergeant Dugwin, We've received a tip off as to the location of the rebel leader, Kelden Delcor. Tomorrow at dawn, we will be assaulting his compound. If you have any men to spare, send them my way, though I'm aware most of the City Guard is stretched thin. The army officers have been infuriatingly slow to mobilize; I suspect they're doing it on purpose. Even if they were to move now, the provincial army wouldn't arrive for another several days, and I doubt we have that long. But at dawn, the rebel leader shall be slain or in custody. ~ Ulin Morris, Captain of the Guard.


"This is what we worked so hard to get here. This is the note of great importance. We have so much other news to report, but 1st things 1st. This is of the utmost priority." I turn to the group while he examines it and speak quietly to them. I lean in closely, "Was there anything else I was missing that we received from Aidon or were told by Aidon to bring here? I thought this was it. If so, bring it up to me first, please, quitely- he is studying the document." {the map did not come from Aidon, [Private to GM: if they attempt to mention it, I attempt to cut them off and mention something else -like the map we asked for of the tunnels.}]

I realize we have yet to even introduce ourselves, perhaps Kelden shall after this news. 1st things 1st though.

[Private to DM Ryan: {I would assume, even if Kelden did not receive my note yet, he would possibly not recognize me, since it has been between 5-10 years since we saw each other. I shaved and cut my hair since I saw him- this was to make it more difficult for people to recognize me after I fled from Rysan. As you read in my super long letter long ago, I am actually going by my second middle name, and almost never say my last name (possibly never mentioned it actually) they did not know the ring was necessarily my ancestors if it went by last name (though we knew from outside game knowledge anyways.) hide my signet ring, all to help keep myself disguised from Rysan and his agents.}]

Concerned for security even here, I remain vigilant. -After seeing Larlben killed in one of the safest places (his home) I feel on edge.-

I ready an action to trip anyone (with my guissarme) who aggressively moves toward us or Kelden and his officers.
{00:09, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 13 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ .
00:09, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, situational awareness; MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 04:21, Tue 17 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 319 posts
Tue 17 Mar 2015
at 11:08
  • msg #64

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

quote:
Quest Completed: Warning of the Dawn
Dwalin: Gained 100 XP ~ LEVEL UP
Herr Johannes: Gained 100 XP
Lady Jacqueline: Gained 100 XP
Mikael: Gained 100 XP
Imbellem: Gained 100 XP


Kelden Delcor accepted the note from Johannes, and lowering his eyes, he read it. The group waited on edge to see his reaction, or what would happen next. And then the least expected thing occured. Kelden started laughing!

Placing the note on the table, he said, “Darus, take a look.” Darus leaned in, his curly blonde hair falling over his forehead; after reading a moment he too grinned a wide smile. Still sitting, Darus turned to the party and said, “You guys have come a long way. I’m impressed.” Despite the compliment, Johannes glanced between them in confusion. “Wait, what’s funny? There’s an imminent attack. They know where your base is!” “Yes,” Kelden replied with a tone of confidence, “Only because we told them where it was ourselves!

Nearly the entire party felt a small jolt of surprise. Darus chuckled and spoke, “Well, technically not this base. The old base. You see, we deliberately allowed some known spies to ‘find out’ where our headquarters is, giving them the wrong location!” Elora brightly added, “Which happens to be almost at the southern edge of the city.” “That’s right,” Darus echoed, still facing the party. “So tomorrow morning half the City Guard will be searching through Aqueducts, not only in the wrong spot, but the absolute furthest location from the Castle!” The stunned feeling of the party was gradually replaced with understanding as they saw the brilliance of the plan.

While the revelation set in, Kelden concluded, “And during that time, our real plan begins, while the enemy is distracted. . . but that we’ll discuss later.

Elora and the older man started stacking papers and tidying the table, signaling the meeting was at an end. Kelden continued speaking to the visitors, “Regardless of the impact, you all showed great persistence and dedication in reaching here, true loyalty. Truly, you are brothers and sisters of the cause. I welcome you here. Allow me to make the other introductions. You already know Darus I presume. The lovely, red-haired woman is Elora.” “Hello,” she cheerfully inserted. “And the man in the back is Bennett.” The man nodded in greeting as he rolled up some parchments.

When they’d finished arranging their documents, the group filed back out into the main room, followed by Kelden’s party behind them. Kelden locked the door as Bennett, Elora & Darus separated and went to different locations about the base. Watching them leave, Kelden said, “Us four are blessed to lead these people, but leadership is also a burden. Makes us very busy! I also have to leave you now. I must meet with some of our brethren right away. In the meantime, please speak with Bennett, Elora, or Darus; I’m sure they’ll be happy to talk with you. Afterwards, we’ll discuss more! Farewell.” At that, Kelden departed and disappeared down the west hall. [Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: But not before he turned and said, "Little Jackie. I almost didn't recognize you - it's been so long. I must go now though. Later we'll speak!" He hastened off.] [Private to Herr Johannes: But not before he turned and said, "Cousin Otto! It's been so long. I received your note. You must tell me how the family's been soon, but for now, I truly must go. Later we'll speak!" He hastened off.]

The other three adventurers each went down a different hall. Bennett traveled down the east hall to the dining area. Elora traveled down the south hall to the sleeping quarters. Darus had traveled down the west hall to the armory. Johannes spoke to his companions, “Alright guys. Where to?

--> Bennett, in the dining area
--> Elora, in the sleeping quarters
--> Darus, in the armory


This message was last edited by the GM at 14:11, Tue 17 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 43 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Tue 17 Mar 2015
at 15:02
  • msg #65

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to DM Ryan (msg # 64):

"Elora..." Imbellem silently said to himself, looking as the woman walked off to her sleeping quarters and vanished from sight. He continued to let his mind wander off, "The translation of God is Light... and a light she is indeed." Imbellem turned around from the doorway to notice some of the party members noticing his current state. He let out a short cough and walked over to the group again. "I dont know about you guys, but I smelled some meat as we walked in here," he said, gaze turning toward the dining hall. "The man who went there, Bennett, I would like to talk to him. Often I've found that the quietest ones are often have the most to say. Plus I mean, hey" he said extending arms and cracking a smile, "A little pork would be Heavenly."

Imbellem said quitely to himself as he waited to hear from the others, "Pity Elroa went to the sleeping quarters... would be in bad manners to follow a woman to her room. Ill get my chance to talk to her before I leave, I'm sure..."
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 34 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 18 Mar 2015
at 17:18
  • msg #66

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Finally having a moment to relax, I put my spear on my back and let a slight sigh of relief. "This seems to be a decent sized place. Looks like we can finally have a moment to relax and actaully check this place out. We may be better off splitting up a bit, gaining what information we can." I take in a deep breath filling my lungs with the smell of roasted pork, "I could go for some pork as well."
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 214 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Thu 19 Mar 2015
at 11:47
  • msg #67

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Jacqueline stared after Kelden, having an uncertain feeling. "I almost--" she started to say, but shook her head. "Never mind. We should go eat."
Imbellem Tueri
player, 44 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Thu 19 Mar 2015
at 14:08
  • msg #68

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde (msg # 67):

Imbellem noticed the unusual reaction from the woman while he began to make his way to the where the lovey smells of food originated. "Ya know," he began, catching her attention, "If there's something you two need to catch up on, you can go ahead, you know where Mikael and I will be. And probably Dwalin too Im sure" he said, throwing a playful expression toward the dwarf.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:36, Thu 19 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 35 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Thu 19 Mar 2015
at 16:49
  • msg #69

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Imbellem Tueri (msg # 68):

"Hey Dwalin! Come get some food with us, I bet they even have sweet rolls!"

I look back to Imbellem, "Hey see if you can get a peek at a few of those maps that Kelden was looking over."

As we are moving about the base I stay aware of my surroundings and keep an eye on everything going on around me.

[12:49, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 22 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
12:48, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 13 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
]
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 65 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Fri 20 Mar 2015
at 03:32
  • msg #70

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"You don't have to ask me twice!" Dwalin snaps around at the mention of food."It's been to long since I ate, and I could go for some pork. Oh and of course we can talk to Bennet and gather useful information" Dwalin starts walking towards the east hall to the dining room With Mikael and Imbellum. "Do you think they'll have some ale? All this walking makes me thirsty. Ha!"
This message was last edited by the player at 03:35, Fri 20 Mar 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 215 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Fri 20 Mar 2015
at 04:35
  • msg #71

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

There was a long pause from Lady Jacqueline... before she nodded at Imbellem. "Thank you for understanding," she smiled timidly. Turning toward the West Hall, Lady Jacqueline glances between the party members. "Good luck on gathering information, you guys." Promptly, her steps made their way down the hall.
Herr Johannes
player, 183 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 20 Mar 2015
at 04:39
  • msg #72

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I turn to the group and speak "You all go ahead and go get something to eat. I'm going to go to the armory, and see what they have in stock. I am also interested to see what they will offer us for some of our extra loot. Besides, it feels like every time I turn around we are eating again." At that I pull out a sweet roll from my pack (one from the bakery we stopped in on our way here) and begin munching on it. With my mouth partially filled with food, I ask my compatriots, "Need me to pick anything up for you while I am there?" After their answer I mention. "Save me some food if you can." At that I depart for the Armoury down the west hall, after having a short word with my party.

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: I speak quietly to Jacqueline before I head to the armoury. I lean in while looking past her. "Watch out for yourself. And you would not want to be mistaken for having motives other than to watch out for Kelden. Are you sure you think it nessesary to do this?"]

Also before I turn to go to the armoury, I speak quitely to the men going to the 'dining hall.' "Let me know what you think of Bennet. I think these are good people, but let us confirm that for ourselves lest any of Adwonus words cause doubt. I would like to prove his words wrong. Now when I say people I speak of the officers specifically. Also, keep an eye out for any signs of pirates. That was part of Adwonus claim, I just wanted to make sure there was not some truth to what he said. Kelden seems to be an especially sharp guy, so it seems unlikely that his organization is filled with pirates without his notice. However, his eyes and ears cannot be everywhere, that is where we come in at times- have your eyes and ears open for important information.
     Anyways, I am off to the armoury. Let me know how the pork is!
"

In these new surroundings I maintain my vigilence. -see dice roller for rolls, posting from my phone.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:40, Fri 20 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 323 posts
Fri 20 Mar 2015
at 16:14
  • msg #73

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Alright, we’ll split up. Enjoy the food!” Johannes said, waving as he and Jacqueline hastened toward the West Hall. Imbellem yelled back, “You don’t need to tell us twice!” “Aye,” Dwalin echoed, seeming more lively at the thought of a real meal. With Mikael, the three men disappeared down the East Hall while their other two companions headed into the West. This was a safe place, a haven.

***

[Private to Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri; Mikael Vaeltaja: "Do you mind if we join you?” Mikael asked the older man. “Go right ahead,” he replied. Mikael’s hands were loaded with a full plate which he set on the round wooden table. It was piled high with sliced pork covered in gravy and next to it chopped potatoes that were mixed with an herb he didn’t know; the smell alone was enough to make his mouth water. “Bennett, right?” he inquired. Bennett had been sitting on his own at one of many round tables crowding a wide dining hall, reading over a chart while he ate. “That’s right. You’re one those folks who arrived today. Heard the false threat and managed to find this place on your own - I can’t imagine how you did that.” Mikael chuckled in lieu of a response. To his relief the others arrived.

This is a good place,” Dwalin declared, giving his approval. He sat down next to Mikael who stared in fascination at the dwarf’s plate. It was stacked twice as high as his own with pork and potatoes as well an orange vegetable he thought (apparently by mistake) he didn’t have space for. Imbellem seated himself across from him, “Definitely! All you have to do is go up to the kitchen counter and they load you with food.” Bennett smirked, an expression that made visible some of his thin wrinkles from age. “Back in the beginning, we barely had enough food for the handful of us. But now our supplies have never been better. Eat all you like!” They intended to take his advice.

While taking the first few bites of his meal, Mikael glanced around the room. Like the main room, the ground had been floored with wood to make it more comfortable, but the walls and low ceiling still resembled the signature stonework of the Aqueducts. On the far side of the room and past the tables was a counter that revealed the kitchens behind it. Both in the kitchens and the dining hall, people busied themselves with eating, talking, and errands. The air was warm from the cooking ovens. Mikael took another bite of his succulent meal, feeling more comfortable. Finally he said, “So, let’s talk. . . {Channel 4: Dining Hall ← Opened}.”

]

[Private to Herr Johannes; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: ”That’s a lot of swords,” Jacqueline said as she peered into the crate. Like a bale of hay, numerous swords had been tied together and tightly packed in the wooden box. The wall was stacked with crates which must’ve arrived recently, for young men were still hauling them into the room. Some were now empty, but others were completely full, like the one Jacqueline now stood over. “Hey, away from that!” a rough voice snapped at her. An aged orc with slicked gray hair stomped toward her, making a shooing gesture with his hands. “Those need to be inventoried. Off with you! Shoo.” Jacqueline lifted her hands off the edge of the box and backed away, “Fine. Sheesh.” She wandered back toward Johannes and murmured to him, “Geez, what a grouch.

Johannes hadn’t been listening. He looked around the armory which was a large, rectangular room. Like the main room, it’d also been refurbished with a wooden floor to make it more comfortable. Although the ceiling was still low, the chamber was wide enough to accommodate racks of armor and weaponry, as well as newly arrived supplies. At the rear side of the room there were three wooden dummies decently spaced from each other; several lads were testing their swords on them.

There’s Darus,” Johannes spoke, pointing toward a door along the north wall. Darus stood in front it using a nearby crate as a table; he scribbled on a piece of parchment while men carried boxes in through the door. Johannes and Jacqueline approached him. “Hello,” said Johannes cheerfully. Darus finished an entry and set down his quill. He looked up at them and masked his tiredness with a smile, “Hello. Long day for me.” He chuckled. “How are you?” “Good,” Johannes replied, “Where’d Kelden go?” Two men carrying a crate walked through the doors and blocked their view of Darus for a moment. After it passed, Darus said, “Kelden? He’s busy for at least another hour - meeting with an important nobleman. In the meantime you’re welcome to relax. Also, see that woman over there?” Darus pointed across the armory at an Olseeni woman with brown skin, clad in thick colorful robes. Her hair was hidden beneath a hijab; she was at least in her forties. Johannes and Jacqueline nodded. “That’s Samawah. Recently we made an arrangement with the merchant guilds to establish a representative down here. You can buy and sell things you have with her, as well as access the Clay Token Menu. She’s not cheap mind you, but she’s convenient and discreet, which is what we needed.” Darus then pointed at the orc who recently scolded Jacqueline, “And that’s Boko. He’s in charge of the supplies. He’ll give you a leather armor or sword, but only if you don’t have armor or a weapon already - it’s his job to make sure there’s enough to go around. So, you can access those two anytime you’d like, or you can talk to me. Feel free!{Channel 4: Armory ← Opened}

]
Imbellem Tueri
player, 45 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Sat 21 Mar 2015
at 17:31
  • msg #74

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In the Kitchen... To Mikael and Dwalin
[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Mikael Vaeltaja: After the conversation with Bennett, Imbellem looked at his much smaller pile of food on his plate, wishing he was able to eat more. Standing up to walk over to the kitchen to see if they could give him a "To-go" bag for some rolls and baked potatoes, he looked over to Dwalin and Mikael. "Im going to head over to the armory to see if I can strike some sort of deal, and then im going to try to find and talk to Elora, try to find out what the facination with this pirate fellow that lead to biffs untimely demise." Recieving a small brown sack, Imbellem gives a polite nod to the woman in the kitchen and puts a few snacks inside. "Ill be seeking her out after I check out their stock of weapons and armor," He said as a reminder, "considering shes open to talking to me." Imbellem begins to walk out of the kitchen, "Ill meet up with you guys in a little bit, this might not last too long. If you dont hear from me in an hour or so, just assume I said something flirtatious and she knocked me out or stabbed me" he said with a laugh as Imbellem left the room and turned the corner to head to the armory.]
This message was last edited by the player at 17:38, Sat 21 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 36 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Sat 21 Mar 2015
at 17:51
  • msg #75

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In the dinning hall
[Private to DM Ryan; Dwalin Grayhammer; Imbellem Tueri:
I take after Imbellem's idea and also get a sack with some food in it. As soon as we are all finished stuffing our sack with what food we can. "Let's get to the armory then. I haven't been able to get some proper supplies for a while now"
]

Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 216 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Tue 24 Mar 2015
at 01:54
  • msg #76

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline moves towards the door. [Private to Herr Johannes: The door, that is, in which Kelden must have been behind. She listens carefully, curious if it was locked.

22:46, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 24 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.

Unease was written all over her face. "I need to see Kelden," she stated through gritted teeth. "I cannot rest without seeing him."
]
This message was last edited by the player at 02:48, Tue 24 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 184 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 24 Mar 2015
at 02:19
  • msg #77

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Channel 4.3: Armory -- Opened

Ryan Persha named the conversation: Channel 4.3: Armory.
 Herr Johannes = RED
 Lady Jacqueline = DARK BLUE
 Darus = AQUA -for the sake of differentiating from Jacqueline

[Private to DM Ryan; Lady Jacqueline Raynelde:
     Darus: {*Cough}
"Hmm, so you are saying everyone is issued leather armour and a sword?"
     Darus: "If they don't have something already. Some of our members have brought their own family weapons and armors. But our more experienced men have picked up better equipment by now, usually from our raids on Larlben or Steyus. You see, most everyone here is an ordinary citizen of Herrod; we do the best can."
     I need to speak with Kelden. I realize his meeting is important, but I insist on seeing to him if even for a moment.
     Darus: No can do miss. You're welcome in the headquarters now, but you don't have the rank to sit in on meetings like that. You'll just have to wait. In the meantime, you can bring matters to me, or either Elora or Bennett.
     {I lean in closer to Darus and speak more quietly} "So you and Kelden planned for the note I showed you? You meant for that to happen all along? Was there other notes like that in the papers you took?"
     Darus: {Chuckles} "Believe it. All part of the plan!
I mean, you folks stumbling on our deception and finding your way here wasn't in the plan, but I suppose that's not a big deal. At dawn tomorrow, while they're on a wild goose chance, we'll be elsewhere and hopefully ending this war. But I'll leave it to Kelden to tell you more.
     And I've got a good feeling about it. Things are going so well for us lately. Our supplies have never been better, our numbers too. And you'd be amazed at how much support we're getting. Noble families in Herrod and as far as Deon's Rise are secretly sending us supplies, money, and other vital needs. Honestly, I don't think we'd have made it this far without outside help.
"
     "Why do you think you have been getting this help? Do you think it has to do with the pirates at all? That is a large pillar of your claims, right? That we could begin to end the pirate tyranny once and for all."
     Darus: Kelden says it's the Lord's will. I reckon it's cause people actually see now we can win. In the beginning there was just a handful of us, but now we have the support to make a difference. And people are tired of the tyranny of Steyus and the always-present pirates. Now we can get rid of them. First we'll take down the false Duke Steyus, and then once we have the city's resources, we'll uproot the pirates like a weed!
     "What do you think of the claims that the pirates are helping you so that they may use your conflict with Steyus to take the city by force while the infighting has made her (the city) weak?"
     "Darus?"
     Jacqueline: {Shifts uncomfortably.}
     Darus: "What? I've never heard anything like that. Sounds like paranoia to me. Ugh - sounds like Elora a bit too. She tell you that? Poor girl. She took Biff's death pretty hard, and has been acting weird ever since."
     "A former party member of mine was convinced of that, he thought this conflict would surely bring ruin to Herrod. He seemed to still support the status quo- to support Steyus. If his concern were not so genuine I would have dismissed it as propaganda myself. That's why I thought I would just ask you, like this, up front. Do you think the pirates are aiding us or trying to subversively thwart us? What is your organization's official position toward pirates? What is yours?"
     Darus: "I'll tell you this. The pirates are a disease on the city. If they know what's good for them, they'll be trying to thwart us. Cause I know that once Steyus falls, they're next! And there won't be any place to hide!"
     "Do you have any suspicion that any of them may be here? Or may be among your civilians?"
     Darus: "In the headquarters? Not a chance. Aside from you guys, everyone here is a senior member. We've been quite cautious, and there's not a person here I wouldn't trust my life to.
     But among all the outposts, there's definitely spies - you can count on that! You see, since our movement is all civilians, there's really not much we can do about that, since people come and go all the time. That's why we organize things like we do. Keep everything really decentralized. And we've even learned to use their spies against them, feeding the sometimes misleading information! Like what we're doing now heh.
"
     "That is quite clever, excellent strategic plan.
     You said Elora has had a lot of difficulty with Biff's death?
"
     Darus: "Yea, poor girl. Biff himself had been going through a rough time the last few months before his death. In fact he'd been kinda going a little, well, crazy. Ever since the beginning of the rebellion, he had been obsessed with finding a certain pirate that wronged him way back. Showed up in his work every now and then too, putting revenge over the cause. It only got worse as time passed. He drank a lot. And now that he's gone, Elora seems to be catching his craziness. Hopefully she doesn't end up like him."
     "...It was a pirate who killed him. Johannes, tell him about the inn."
     "Hmm, when you say 'crazy' you mean occasionally he would follow his taste for revenge ignoring his objective, or more like he would even endanger the cause for his revenge? Did he become obsessed? Was he and Elora close?"
     Darus: "Let's put it this way, he'd sometimes stay up 1, 2 nights in row skulking around town trying to find his man and digging for worthless clues. Then he'd show up to a mission with us fatigued, and doing something like that endangers everybody. And the longer it went on, the more paranoid he got that his man was toying with him, watching him. He seriously said that to me, that his man was watching him even here. He was on edge. If he hadn't been such a wreck, Larlben's men probably wouldn't have been able to kill him like they did. But it happened. I was there. Elora was there. She saw everything happen in front of her. That wasn't even three days ago. I'd be crazy too if there weren't bigger things at stake, bigger than me. So I persevere,. I guess not everyone has the same strength. I'd give her time - maybe it'll go away.
     Anyway, I don't feel like talking much anymore. And I've got some more work to do across the base. Talk to Samawah if you want to buy or sell some gear. I'll see you guys later.
" {Darus departed from the Armory}
     {Darus has left the chat. You may continue to speak to each other in-character and discuss what you've learned. Highly recommended!}
     "But it wasn't Larben's men!"
     {If I can catch Darus} "Darus, there is something you must understand about what happened to Biff. There are pieces to the puzzle that you do not see. I understand if you must go now, but it must be understood for the resolution of this conflict.
      Jacqueline, I feel like the man who assassinated Biff worked for the man he wanted revenge on. And they did it possibly because they made a deal with Steyus. The strange thing was, if Steyus had it done, why were we not aware of it? if we eliminate possibilities, the one that remains must be true, however improbable. If it was not Larlben, not Kelden and not Steyus, it must have been related to the Pirates and the man he wanted revenge on. There may come a time where we need to make sure Keldon and the others understand it was not Larlben.
"
{Darus had departed}
     "Hmph, I was not able to catch Darus before he left Jacqueline."
     "Well, I am going to see what we can get for all that small sized gear. Did you remember the merchant's name Jacqueline?"
     {I walk up to the merchant} "Could I see your wares today?"
     Jacqueline: {Eyeing the doorway that leads to Kelden.}
]

I walk up to the merchant and ask if I can see her wares. "I have some small sized items I am looking to sell as well. They are made of leather and am sure they would sell well in cliffshore. I would like a good price on them. Little constrains me that I must stay here to sell these to you. I appreciate greatly your service coming down here to sell items though, I just would like a good price on what I am selling you." {If she gives me an above average price, I will likely sell them, you can consult me Ryan :)}
     Jacqueline, are you in need of any arrows? I may pick up a few javelins and an oil or 2 for any that I lost. Is there anything else you can think of that we have used up? more rope and pitons perhaps? A second dagger for throwing? Perhaps some oiled canvas or waxed canvas bags for our ruck sacks to keep the contents from ever getting soaked in an aqueduct? I may buy a second back pack.
"

I consider the aqueducts around me if anything comes to mind.
{23:30, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 3 using 1d20+1. Knowledge History, of the surrounding Aquaducts; MQ.}

I stay vigilant of threats.
{23:07, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 8 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
23:06, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: I whisper to Jacqueline "I would hope we did not lead Adwonus to Kelden's base in our zeal to find this place."]
This message was last edited by the player at 03:30, Tue 24 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 328 posts
Tue 24 Mar 2015
at 16:04
  • msg #78

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Mikael thought he was going to die. His mind was weary, ladened with heaviness, and he wanted nothing more than a chance to lie down and rest soon. Walking became a challenge as he leaned on Dwalin for support. He wondered if this was the end. . .

I’m so full,” he said aloud.

Imbellem, looking very content, placed a hand on his own stomach, “Same here. I haven’t had a meal that size in ages. Delicious.” “I’m still hungry I think,” Dwalin uttered. The others looked at him in disbelief. “You ate at least twice as much as us!” Dwalin shrugged, “It’s bulk day.” Continuing to talk of memorable meals and the appetites of dwarves, they walked down the hall and entered the armory.

The armory was a large, rectangular room, similar in appearance to the rest of the base with its wooden floor and low stone ceiling. And like the rest of the base, it was bustling with activity. Through a door along the north wall, men hauled in crates which were then stacked along the sides of the room. Some were already opened, and inside, visibly packed with weapons. The rear southern portion of the room was a small training area; wooden dummies and practice swords lined the wall. Some young men had also started a wrestling competition. Standing in a circle, shirtless men cheered and laughed as two in the center tested their skills. They were having a good time.

Hey, there’s Johannes,” Imbellem said, pointing across the room. Johannes was speaking with an Olseeni woman. Hair covered by a hijab, she wore thick colorful robes and was aged well into her forties. They approached with jubilant shouts, “Johannes!” He paused his conversation briefly and glanced behind, “Oh, hey guys. This is Samawah, merchant. Give me a minute - haggling.” His attention immediately returned to the trader. Imbellem chuckled at his focus on bartering while Mikael gazed about the room. And noticed something was missing. “Say, where’s Jacqueline?” “She’s around here somewhere,” Johannes replied without even looking. Mikael looked a second time, but she was still nowhere in sight - he decided not to worry about it. [Private to Herr Johannes: ”So how much can you offer for small sized equipment?” “Don’t know,” she replied. “You have to show them to me first.” “Oh. . . right.] {If you wish to buy or sell common equipment, submit the items via a list in your next post. The CT Menu can also be accessed}.

Dwalin and Imbellem meandered to the back of the armory toward the wrestling competition. Following them, Mikael arrived just in time to see an extremely well-muscled orc slam a man to the ground, and not get up. The surrounding men lifted their hands and cheered. The orc, who was a daunting seven feet tall, raised his hand in victory. One man crouched by the unconscious competitor and lightly slapped his face, “Dob? Dob you ok?” Dazed and confused, the defeated wrestler raised his head and mumbled, “Mommy?” Everyone laughed. “He’s ok,” said his friend. A couple guys helped carry him out of the circle.

The orc walked around in the center and spoke in a strong, loud voice, “Anyone up for a match against Grao? Offering up my chain shirt to the first one who can take me down!

quote:
To compete, you must be shirtless (as well as remove any advantages from equipment, unless you wish to attempt to cheat) and roll four checks. COMPETITION CLOSED
1. Initiative Check: 1d20 + Initiative Bonus (Dexterity Modifier)
2. Melee Touch Attack: 1d20 + Base Attack + Strength Modifier
3. Grapple Check: 1d20 + Grapple Bonus (Base Attack + Strength Modifier)
4. Pin/Break Grapple: 1d20 + Grapple Bonus (Base Attack + Strength Modifier)

Note: No Attacks of Opportunity, even if you don't have Improved Grappling. No damage involved.


quote:
Roleplaying Experience
Dwalin: Gained 25 XP
Herr Johannes: Gained 82 XP
Lady Jacqueline: Gained 47 XP
Mikael: Gained 52 XP ~ LEVEL UP
Imbellem: Gained 73 XP


[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Meanwhile, Jacqueline had slipped through the north door. Not only was it unlocked, but she remembered it was wide open as men hauled crates through! She entered a small room with several doors. Men were carrying crates through a metal one that led to the Aqueducts. Through this door, Kelden himself walked through, returning from his meeting. “Kelden!” Jacqueline called out. He smiled and approached her. “Jackie, sorry about that. I had to speak with the nobleman’s son who brought us these weapons you see now. It’s good politics. But you - wow - you look so different now! And you’re in armor! You’re a warrior now? I’ll confess I didn’t expect that! How are you?]
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:26, Tue 24 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 46 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Tue 24 Mar 2015
at 17:08
  • msg #79

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: Selling: leather armor (20g), and small wooden shield (??g), would like to trade vials for flasks (For size difference, more liquid) Is this possible/a wise choice? Apparently clubs are cheap as dirt, so I would like to purchase one of those please. Also if possible a concealable dagger, are bootknives a thing? Would like to have it be hidden in case of patdowns. Just in case.]

Imbellem and Dwalin stood looking at the towering orc, parading himself around the ring, nobody brave enough to leap in and take him on. If Dwalin were to look at Imbellem, he would see a devious grin beginning to develop, and would more than likely say something along the lines of, 'now hold on a minute..'

Imbellem began to quickly remove his armor, cloak and set down his pack next to Dwalin while in the distance Johannes looked over as well. The excited quick movements of the quirky cleric allowed him to slip out of his armor in no time. He stood with his hair tied up, all armor removed except for one leather glove on his right hand, pants, and green bandanna to keep the hair out of his face (from past experiences). Dwalin looked at him with an expression of shock. "Ever feel like doing something really stupid?" Imbellem asked as he streched his arms and shoulders. "Now hold on a minute-" Dwalin began to say, but it was too late, Imbellem tossed his cloak and lighter objects into the shocked Dwarf's hands, which he caught and stood mouth agape as he began to bounce though the crowd over to Johannes.

Johannes looked at the cleric, unable to speak, more worried for his health, both physical and mental at this point. "Dont bother, being punched in the face once or twice is nothing new. Its worth a shot to get some free gear ya know?" Imbellem took his wooden cross he always had hidden in his sleeve and had it wrapped around his upper arm, tied tightly so it wouldnt be lost in the riff-raff. "Just do me a favor?" Imbellem asked, words quickly flowing out of his mouth as the adrenaline and excitement took over not allowing anyone to speak but him. "Pray for me." He said with a grin as he excitedly bounced into the open ring with the massive orc warrior. "Oh!" He shouted as Johannes stood in shock in confusion, sharing the same expression with Dwalin who still stood holding Imbellems pack and cloak, armor by his feet. "Carry me out if I cant walk!"

Imbellem burst into the ring, standing feet shorter than the orc, Grao simply looked down with a blank expression. The cleric stood bouncing from side to side in proper boxing stance, he had been in a few fights in his day, and either confidence or insanity had clearly taken over him. Imbellem had no visible scars or tatoos, leaving his body looking far out of league with the large orc. "Ill take a shot at it," Imbellem said with a cocky smile, though sweat could be seen beginning to form out of nervousness. Grao began to laugh, "Your funeral little man, this is no place for you; but ill teach you the way things work around here." The orc began to crouch down.

For your information im not little, im average size thank you.



Imbellem Tueri rolled 24 using 1d20+4. Pin/Break Grapple, Grao.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 6 using 1d20+4. Grapple check, Grao.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 24 using 1d20+4. Melee Touch attack check, Grao.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 10 using 1d20. Initiative check, Grao.


Two nat. 20s. Its party time.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:38, Wed 25 Mar 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 217 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Thu 26 Mar 2015
at 04:03
  • msg #80

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Meanwhile...

[Private to DM Ryan: Lady Jacqueline blushed, tucking an already-neat lock of hair behind her ear. "Thanks, Kelden..." She grinned up at him. "I was trained by one of the best men in town! He was like a father figure to me before he passed away. Remember him?" A playful fist gently nudged Kelden in the shoulder like old times. "Nobleman's son, eh? Who would that be? You seem to know your way around well."

00:10, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.
00:10, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 16 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.
]
This message was last edited by the player at 04:11, Thu 26 Mar 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 185 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 27 Mar 2015
at 06:00
  • msg #81

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Just before the men from our party entered, this occurred: (to fill in the gaps of my haggling etc.)

"Oh right," I reply to the merchant. "Here they are Samawah." I draw a series of goblin sized items from my pack:

quote:
small sized:
x6 light shields
x6 leather armour
x6 cloak (black)
x1 short bow
x1 quiver + x18 arrows
x6 morning star
x8 javelin
x7 pouches (soft leather)
x7 belts (black leather)
x1 robes (burgandy cloth)
x2 bedrolls
x1 backpack
x1 bell
x4 waterskin
x1 glass vial


I was also interested in purchasing a few things:

quote:
medium sized:
x1 dagger
x5 javelins with a hip quiver
 Oiled or Waxed Canvas bag(s):
x1 large (whole rucksack size)
x1 medium (back pack size)


{I wanted to see prices, then I will give you (Ryan) the decision after I see their price, thanks!}

     As I converse with the merchant, the rest of the party joins us. "Hey Mikael, Imbellem and Dwalin! How was the meal? You look stuffed, must be good eh?! I need to get some myself soon. Remember to buy what you need to be combat ready, everyone should have a flint and steel. If you are short standard adventuring items  (like rope, crowbar, club, sling & bullets) you can borrow up to 5 gp from the party fund or me. It is better to be prepared than have gold doing nothing for you. I am usually fairly decent at haggling, if you are not confident in your own abilities, you can ask me to buy things for you.
     {If you are not sure about what is a standard load out for an adventurer, look at the Players Handbook entry for your class and it should list recommended equipment near the end of the entry. Of course at this point, you can ignore the armour and primary weapon because you already have one. If you want a more detailed list, I believe my inventory is still listed mostly in my bio. IMPORTANT: PLEASE GET YOUR ITEM NEEDS IN ORDER ASAP. If you need further assistance I can help, after this weekend. If possible, Ryan, would we still be able to make purchases 2 posts from now? I would like to do an inventory inspection (PCC -PreCombat Check and PCI -PreCombat Inspection) and establish standard operating procedures (TACSOP -TACtical Standing Operating Procedure) on the inventory before we are no longer to see a merchant for a while. [Private to GM: Otherwise, you may have a lot of questions to answer this weekend.] In my absence please direct your questions to Ryan - if you want them redirected, please specify here Ryan. }
     "Oh! and lest I forget, Darus said, If you need armour or a weapon, Darus said they offer a sword and leather armour to all who have no armor and no sword. They have some in the crate, and you can be issued a pair.
     Hmm, Jacqueline need to hear this too, she was here a moment ago, did she leave when you all arrived? I have been bartering. Could you all keep an eye out for her, I do not want her wandering off alone, with the increased threat level, we need to use the buddy system for safety and security.
' {We need to stay in pairs, could you all do a spot and listen check for her?}

{01:46, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 8 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
01:46, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 18 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
01:46, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 9 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, for Jacqueline; MQ.
01:45, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 12 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, for Jacqueline; MQ.
}

After this conversation I return to my bartering, until I am distracted by an ork, making a ruckus wrestling. I turn to see Imbellem preparing to enter the ring and leaving his things in Dwalin's hands. When I hear what is happening a I take a moment from haggling to watch.

I turn around and mention to the guys while I head over to watch quickly. "AWw Man! I would have so been up for that fight! I was too busy to hear them clearly! Imbellem is pretty brave fighting that ork. Come on! Lets cheer him on!
     GO IMBELLEM! SHOW 'EM WHAT WE ARE MADE OF! HAZZAH! NIHIL SINE DEO!" I shout a credo. "We need a mascot and creed! It would make cheering easier." I chuckle to myself. My parrot replies, *Skwack! "Show em! Show em!"
This message was last edited by the player at 06:21, Fri 27 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 332 posts
Fri 27 Mar 2015
at 11:01
  • msg #82

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3


Everyone went dead silent. No one could’ve imagined this - no one. Not a single man among the spectators moved nor said a word.

Moments ago it was exactly the opposite as people roared, hollered, and cheered. Imbellem, that foolishly brave priest, had stepped into the circle against Grao, an orc whose size made everyone else look like children. He towered nearly two feet over the scrawny Imbellem, like pitting a bear against a deer. And spectators expected the match to proceed exactly the same way. The deer-like Imbellem made the first move and wrapped his arms around Grao’s legs, but the orc casually pried him off as though he were a clinging child. Wasting no time, Grao moved to takedown the small Imbellem, but whenever he tried, the priest would somehow muscle his way out of it (with what little muscles he had). This went back and forth for awhile, fueling the excitement of the crowd, yet their expectations had always remained the same. The outcome of a squashed priest was inevitable. Or so they thought.

Then it happened. How it happened, not even scholars will be able to adequately explain. . . but there was Imbellem - sitting on the giant orc’s back and pinning him to the ground. Grao was trapped on his stomach as the priest held his arm at an awkward angle. No one could believe what they saw. It wasn’t supposed to be possible. The shock wore off, and the crowd suddenly erupted into loud cheering as Imbellem was declared the winner. Imbellem waved his thin arms in celebration while he climbed off Grao’s back; he lent the orc a hand getting back on his feet. Amidst the cheering, Grao spoke to Imbellem as he stood, “I can’t remember the last time someone beat me.” At first, Imbellem expected an outburst of anger and spite, but the orc burst into laughter instead. “Good match. It’s nice to be challenged for a change, so you’ve got my respect. Well, my respect and this.” He handed Imbellem a chain shirt {Imbellem gains Chain Shirt}. In that moment, Imbellem could not have been more happy. He suddenly considered the idea of becoming a barbarian. [Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Meanwhile, Lady Jaqueline and Kelden conversed in the supply room. Kelden chuckled, “Best men. . . you don’t mean Lancil do you? I wouldn’t exactly call him the best man! Kinda an old scoundrel looking back, but at the time he seemed so cool to us kids.” They watched the last of the crates being steadily carried in by men at work, supplies to last awhile. Lady Jacqueline glanced at Kelden and noted his short blonde hair; in the past he kept it long. Of course, that was a long time ago a well. He’d changed a lot since then, but after all this time, he was still the man she remembered. He had responsibilities now - people relied on him, many people. But Jacqueline recognized the adoration in his eyes. An adoration he didn’t just give to the cause, but to her too. . . She coughed, “So that nobleman’s son?” Kelden smiled and spoke, “From Deon’s Rise, the capital. Son of the Hilitas family. They’ve been good supporters of our cause. Truly without the support we’ve received from sympathetic noble families near and far, I think our revolution would’ve fallen apart long ago. The Lord watches over his children” The men finished their work in the supply room and sealed the door to the Aqueducts. Kelden continued, “Well, everything’s set here. Come, let’s get your friends. There’s something I want to discuss with you all.” The walked back into the armory where there was a suddenly loud and excited cheering.]

What going on here?” said a voice in the armory. Most everyone recognized the voice; the men hushed. Standing in the middle of the armory was Kelden, and next to him, Lady Jacqueline. Kelden continued in a strong, well-spoken tone, “Wrestling games are fine in the off-hours, but there’s still work to be done before tomorrow. You know what to do men. Hop to it.” Hastily, the men grabbed their shirts and scattered, respectfully returning to their tasks. Imbellem returned to his lingering companions who patted him on the back in congratulations. Kelden faced them and said, “And you four, meet me in my office. Head through the door along the West Hall, and you’ll find it. Don’t worry, you’re not in trouble. I want to discuss our plans for tomorrow with you. The fate of the city is about to be decided, and there’s a role for you to play.” At that, Kelden departed, followed by Jacqueline ahead of the group.

Imbellem spoke to the others, “Things are getting serious, aren’t they.” “Yes,” Johannes replied. “We’re nearing the endgame.


[Private to Herr Johannes: Samawah perused through the items swiftly and prudently. She seemed to favor leather, cloth, and glass while regarding other items more harshly. Finished, she offered her prices for each, as well as an additional 40 silver if the entire transaction was accepted. Otherwise, each individual item type may be accepted or declined.

Buying:
Dagger x1 - 2 gold, 2 silver
Javelins x5 - 5 gold, 1 silver
Canvas bag (large rucksack) - 2 gold, 1 silver
Canvas bag (medium backpack) - 1 gold, 9 silver, 4 copper

Total: 11 gold, 3 silver, 4 copper

Selling (small-sized):
Leather Armor x6 - 36 gold, 6 silver
Light Shields x6 - 7 gold, 3 silver, 8 copper
Robes (burgundy cloth) - 7 silver
Cloaks (black) x 6 - 1 gold, 4 silver, 7 copper
Shortbow - 11 gold, 1 silver
Quiver and Arrows x18 - 3 silver, 4 copper
Morningstars x6 - 13 gold, 4 silver, 4 copper
Javelin x8 - 3 gold, 2 silver
Pouches (soft leather) x7 - 3 gold, 3 silver, 6 copper
Belts (black leather) x7 - 1 silver, 4 copper
Bedrolls x2 - 9 copper
Backpack x2 - 9 silver, 6 copper
Bell - 5 silver
Waterskin x4 - 1 gold, 7 silver, 2 copper
Glass Vial - 5 silver, 3 copper

Total: 81 gold, 5 silver, 3 copper {+40 bonus silver for accepting the entire transaction}

Net Total (if fully accepted): +70 gold, 41 silver, 9 copper
]

[Private to Imbellem Tueri: Samawah perused through the items swiftly and prudently. She seemed to give standard pricing on most items but gave a little more for glass objects.

Buying:
Flasks x3 - 1 silver
Club - 2 copper
Bootknife - 2 gold

Total: 2 gold, 1 silver, 2 copper

Selling:
Studded Leather Armor - 13 gold
Small Wooden Shield - 1 gold, 2 silver, 3 copper
Glass Vials x3 - 1 gold, 5 silver, 2 copper

Total: 15 gold, 7 silver, 5 copper

Net Total (if fully accepted) : +13 gold, 6 silver, 3 copper
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:09, Fri 27 Mar 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 47 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Mon 30 Mar 2015
at 17:31
  • msg #83

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

The slight jingle of Imbellem trying sliding into his new steel-shirt slightly broke the tension. "What a swell fellah," he said, as he buttoned up his green shirt over top of his steel shirt, not buttoning it up all the way so some of the steel could be seen at the base of his throat. "I sure hope we get the chance to meet up with him again. Nicest Orc I've ever met." He added with a smile, rolling up his sleeves so the edge of the steel shirt could be seen at the base of his forearms as well. Though remaining in a good mood, Keldens orders made him slightly nervous. "I dont know this guy as well as you all do," he said in a whispered tone to the others, "You dont think hes up to something sneaky do you?" Shaking around slightly to make sure everything was back in its place with his new armor and sliding his cloak over it all, he posed another question. "I shouldnt have to be worried about walking into a trap in these next few seconds, do I?" He asked nervously as he flipped up his hood.

[Private to DM Ryan: Mon 30 Mar 2015: Imbellem Tueri rolled 22 using 1d20+5 ((17))
Mon 30 Mar 2015: Imbellem Tueri rolled 14 using 1d20+5 ((9))
Mon 30 Mar 2015: Imbellem Tueri rolled 24 using 1d20+6 ((18))
]
This message was last edited by the player at 19:44, Mon 30 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 37 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Tue 31 Mar 2015
at 03:33
  • msg #84

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After the match I look to Imbellem, "I never doubted you for a moment!"

Before we go into Keldon's office I visit the merchant to see the prices on supplies and to purchase several items.

quote:
Flint and steel
Torches x6
Oil pots x2
Hammer
Belt
Belt pouches x2

Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 218 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Tue 31 Mar 2015
at 05:23
  • msg #85

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline casts a quick glance at Imbellem and curls her lip. "Glad to see he fits right in," she murmurs. Hearing the buddy-system suggestion, she locks a gaze with Johannes, nodding once in his direction, signaling partnering with him without saying a word. Soundlessly, she follows after Kelden, keeping a wide eye and ear out.

{01:23, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 26 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.
01:23, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 28 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.

I may go back and get more bows for my arrow.. But I think I'm okay right now. I'm not sure.

Cody, let me know what you need me to get.}

This message was last edited by the player at 05:24, Tue 31 Mar 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 335 posts
Tue 31 Mar 2015
at 15:55
  • msg #86

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

It’s so shiny,” Imbellem said, admiring his new chain shirt. Beneath a green tunic, the links were still exposed around his wrists and neck. It was a little loose around the chest (due to lack of pec muscles compared to its previous owner) but it was nothing too bothersome. Imbellem had a wide smile on his face.

Most of the armory had cleared out, but a handful of people remained. Boko and Samawah were still there; the old orc was busily going over their newest inventory while the Olseeni merchant examined goods from her last transaction. Everything was business as usual. Johannes spoke, “Come on, let’s catch up to Kelden and Jacqueline.” Walking fast, the group left the armory.

Kelden’s office wasn’t hard to find. Entering the West Hall, they passed through a door along its southern side and continued down another passage. At the very end, Kelden had left the door open to his office. They stepped inside. Jacqueline was already there, admiring an ornamental bow hung on the wall while Kelden read a last minute letter at his desk. His desk was a wide, oak table covered with stacks of parchment and letters; people rarely mention the paperwork involved with being a leader.

Kelden finished reading as the group arrived. He stood and seemed confident, even excited. “I'll start with this. My friends, even though I’ve met most of you only this afternoon, it seems as though we have known each other for much longer, like we were old friends. Do you feel this as well? I believe it is more than just mere coincidence that brought you here with such timing. It was not an accident. It was ordained. Tomorrow morning, all our plans come together, and there’s no turning back now. But in the last month, we’ve lost many of our strongest men to fighting with Larlben and Steyus, men we absolutely needed for this mission. I’m an adventurer myself and I recognize another when I see one. We don’t have that many people with strength as great as yours and mine. Even though you’ve risked much coming down here and finding this place, some men will question if you can be trusted, or if you should be permitted to be here at all since you aren’t senior members of the cause. But I disagree. I think you’re arrival was the Lord’s will, giving us just the strength we need to ensure victory. Everything is about to change.

The group gave Kelden their full attention. His tone was bold and inspiring, the voice of experienced orator. He continued, “Tomorrow at midday, all the outposts are going to unite for the first time and begin an open uprising. We’ve already taken some key points, like the gate in Upper Herrod, which will make it easier to secure the city. However, we hope to have the false Duke Steyus in our custody even before that! This way, the least amount of blood will be shed. Before midday, at dawn, a small party of our strongest men and women here will be infiltrating Castle Herrod itself! This is only possible because we discovered a secret entrance into the castle that we can reach through the Aqueducts below it, slipping past all their main defenses. Elora and Darus will be in the party along with a handful of others, and it’ll be led by me personally. At daybreak, we’ll be taking a small ship across the Bay of Andor and be dropped off at a certain sewer drain along the other shore, not far from the castle wall. That passage alone leads to a secret entrance which will take us into the castle. Being small and fast, we’ll then sneak and fight our way straight to the throne room and capture Steyus, hopefully before the uprising even starts. With him in our custody, the City Guard will have no choice but to stand down and things will finally change. The revolution will be fulfilled! Corrupt politicians will be removed, and we’ll arrest each and every pirate who haunts the streets of Herrod, chasing them out of our city once and for all! What do you say my friends? Are you with me?

Imbellem whispered to the others, “Man, this guy sure can make a speech!


[Private to Imbellem Tueri: Sense Motive ~ Kelden appears both stress and excited, both likely as a result of tomorrow’s impending events. He seemed calmer when giving a speech, his voice steady. He seems to be speaking truthfully.]

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja:

Buying:
Flint & Steel – 1 gold, 2 copper
Torches x6 – 6 copper
Oil Pints x2 – 1 silver, 9 copper
Hammer – 5 silver
Belt – 4 copper
Belt Pouches x2 – 2 gold, 1 silver

Total: 3 gold, 9 silver, 1 copper

Net Total (if fully accepted): -3 gold, 9 silver, 1 copper
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:27, Tue 31 Mar 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 38 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Thu 2 Apr 2015
at 17:36
  • msg #87

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: I accept the price and purchase all of the listed items.]

"I'm up for it! There's no chance I'm coming this far just to watch someone else finish the work. It is time that this corruption comes to an end." I look over to Johannes, "You have a little bit more experience with something like this. What else do we need to do to prepare before we set out?"
Imbellem Tueri
player, 48 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Thu 2 Apr 2015
at 21:53
  • msg #88

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Sounds like a party" Imbellem chuckled to himself as he looked off to the side. "Havent been invited to a party in a while..." He mentioned under his breath "Besides, its been a while since me and Sir Bonks-a-Lot got to really go at it." Everyone in the room looked at him with a confused expression. Slightly shocked and not doing very well at holding back his laugh, Mikael finally asked what everyone was thinking: "Sir Bonks-a-lot?... What in the world is that?" Imbellem looked at everyone with a blank face, slightly caught off guard by their reaction. "Ya know" He said reaching under his cloak and bringing up is Morningstar. "Sir Bonks-a-lot. He bonks." He said as his confidence began to fade, lightly swinging his mace in an up and down 'bonking' motion, "A lot. Like... Hitting... people with..." He looked around the room as the smirks began to erupt from all the faces. "Look i was young alright, I felt like he needed a name. Dont judge" and with a huff, Sir Bonks-a-Lot was hidden back beneath the dusty old cloak. "Before anyone gets a chance to mock me, Im in. Ill do anything I can to help the people of this city. Everyone has been so kind to me, its only fair to them that i repay the favor."
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 66 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Fri 3 Apr 2015
at 01:28
  • msg #89

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin listens intently to the speech, occasionally looking at his companions to see there reactions. He waits for someone in the party speaks up before he responds To kelden."Well I'm ready to rid this city of its corrupt, dishonorable leaders. Its been to long since I got to swing my axe at someone. What would our mission be? "
This message was last edited by the player at 01:33, Fri 03 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 186 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 3 Apr 2015
at 05:23
  • msg #90

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

     "I feel as well, that we have known each other for a long time Kelden.  We seem to be very much of like mind.  I appreciate your trust in us.  We are here to fight and end this, I suppose I should speak for myself first actually, I am here to fight and end this tyranny and my men are... {I pause to wait for their response - I would guess that from their posts, they all reply, 'with me!'}. There are certain things I hate, oppression of the innocent is one of them. I have seen it too often and too long.  The innocent suffer while the arrogant and selfish feed on the life of the just. I will not any longer see this evil and stand by. This corruption in leadership I will suffer no longer. I think our goals and reasons are aligned, but I want to hear it clearly before I commit fully.
     I am with you Kelden, -on the condition that:
     1) my soldiers and I work together.  We are not going to be split up into other units.
 And 2) the condition that in spite of personal vendettas our enemies will be shown treatment appropriate to their humanity.  They may be misguided, and some of them evil, but they should be treated as humans still.  If men need to die, do not torture them.  If enemies are captured treat them fairly. Women are to be treated with respect. However, opposing forces who will not yield and who are evil may be destroyed without mercy.  I do not want this to become merely a time to punish those from before in a political demonstration, and become what we disposed.  We must follow our morals and fight with honor. I do not ask you to take prisoners if it would risk the mission, but I ask for the assurance of our continued commitment to our values.  There is much hate on both sides, but we must have the stability of our fixed morality and truth, lest we are swayed by emotions toward actions incongruent with our honor and the honor of our Lord and Saviour.  We fight to preserve life, do we not?
     Then again, are these not the values upon which your organization is committed?  I want to hear from you as the leader, what values do you live and, if necessary, die by?  I want the truth to come from you instead of the hearsay from others.  Many have said otherwise about your character, but I wanted to hear it straight from the source. And I wanted my men and women to be here to hear it from you.
"

In an effort to confirm what we have heard and put our doubts to rest, I directly and firmly address Kelden.  One might call it aggressive, but this is not the time to keep things to myself, this is not the time for half meassures.  This is time to put doubt to rest.  If we are to fully commit, let us know what we are committing to.  I do not mean to question his purity, but the lives of my men and our commitment to what is right are my charge and I take it very seriously.

[Private to GM: {I do not want to question my cousin's integrity in front of my men and women, but I will not be tricked again. I will be direct and clear. I will not let someone hoodwink me again. I think he will understand. His motives appear pure, but I cannot risk that they are only a facade. This questioning will not tell me what I need to know, but It will give me a chance to define things clearly and consider Kelden's words.  I would hope he does not feel disrespected, but it has been a little while since we played and fought together on the open steppe of Vaterland.  He seems pure in his motives, but I still feel the sting of betrayal by Adwonus, and worse, of Rysan.}]

I ask Kelden one more question in this set of questions.
     "I wanted to confirm who this aggression was against as well- Steyus and the Pirates? Or is Larlben included in this?"

     "Team, we will need to stop by the merchant one last time before we sleep." {I will talk to you more over the phone, or in person this weekend to cover all that I need to cover- there is a considerable amount we need to do still for our (PreCombat Checks) PCC and (PreCombat Inspections) PCI. First we need to address any misgivings we have about our mission- one step at a time.

As always, I stay aware of my surroundings.
{01:15, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 12 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.
01:15, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 12 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

I consider very intently and astutely Kelden's reaction reply to my questioning. I watch how his face looks when I ask and consider his expression.
{as·tute: (əˈst(y)o͞ot), adjective, 'having or showing an ability to accurately assess situations or people and turn this to one's advantage.'}
{01:18, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 20 using 1d20. Sense Motive, of Kelden; MQ.} -NATURAL 20
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 219 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Fri 3 Apr 2015
at 10:39
  • msg #91

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Stifling a giggle at Imbellem, Lady Jacqueline nodded inn approval towards Kelden. [Private to DM Ryan: The distant echo of ocean waves filled her mind with nostalgia; it had been a while. Curiosity and wonderment also filled her senses about where her father, Red Jack, may have gone to, too. In fact, she kept a wary eye out for everyone here, but did anyone seem to notice?

06:38, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 10 using 1d20+3. Sense Motive.
06:38, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Spot Check.
06:38, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 24 using 1d20+8. Listen Check.
]
DM Ryan
GM, 338 posts
Fri 3 Apr 2015
at 12:24
  • msg #92

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Everything we do here is to protect the lives of all people of Herrod, to free them from this tyrannical corruption that has lingered over their families for years. All their lives, they’ve known oppression by the pirates and by whomever they chose as their puppet to rule as Duke. No longer I say! No longer can we allow evil to be our government manifest. I can tell you from my own experience, that I have felt the cruel sting of injustice. When Ivan Steyus was handed the Dukedom two years past, my family felt wronged but we accepted it nonetheless, so great was our respect for the King’s decision. But not long after, we discovered the truth from hidden documents revealed to us, that Steyus was no true appointment. Lo! He’d conspired with the Council of Eight, that vile council of Pirate Lords to ensure he was made the Duke! Hearing this, I did nothing less nor more than speak the truth to the people and let them know who ruled over them, and alas, he imprisoned me for it. I’d be in that cold cell still if the Lord was not on my side and aided my escape. Now I strive to render the justice robbed not only of me, but of the corruption that has robbed this entire city of its moral dignity. And I’ll do all I can to preserve that moral dignity. I show mercy where it is due and justice where it is due. Those enemies who repent will be treated with dignity, and those who continue to support this evil reign will fall. The false Duke Steyus is our mission. And after we have the city’s resources and can move on open streets, the Pirates will be uprooted just the same. Larlben too would’ve met justice for his crimes, but in case you hadn’t heard my brothers and sisters, he has fallen, and I bear no ill will toward a widow and son for the crimes of the father. No, our goal is clear. Our goal is to expunge evil once and for all. And friends, realizing our goal is nigh!” [Private to Herr Johannes: Sense Motive ~ His voice was calm and smooth throughout his speech, and his body stilled by conviction. You'd reckon he's telling the truth.][Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Sense Motive ~ His voice was calm and smooth throughout his speech, and his body stilled by conviction. You'd reckon he's telling the truth.]

Kelden finished his speech, the boldness of his voice still resonating off the walls. Assured, Johannes nodded and held out his hand in a firm and welcome position. Kelden grasped his forearm in reply, locking arms as in a handshake as soldiers did in ancient times. Kelden continued, “You may of course remain together. I know exactly what it means to be a team, to be companions, and I respect that bond between you.” “Thank you,” Johannes replied. They released their handshake, and Kelden stood before them. “Now my friends, it is early evening still. I suggest getting some rest or relaxing a while longer. In about fourteen hours, we’ll be setting sail from a ship docked on the northern edge of the Bazaar, cutting directly across the bay to the castle on the other side. We’ll be leaving together here just before dawn, but know we can’t wait for you should you be late, as dire as that would be. Now I must return to work; even though the sun has not yet set, there’s still much to do before it rises. God be with you my brothers and sisters.” At that, Kelden returned to his desk.

Soon after, the party departed and headed back toward the central main room of the base. Invigorated, they found themselves in a cheerful mood, despite the looming immensity of tomorrow’s events. As they walked, Mikael and Imbellem conversed in whispers. Johannes glanced behind and pleasantly asked, “What are you guys talking about?” “Oh, nothing!” Imbellem hastily replied, trying his best to appear innocent. Johannes lifted an eyebrow in suspicion, but both Imbellem and Mikael nonchalantly continued walking, pretending to admire the stonework. After a few moments, Johannes shrugged and resumed looking forward. Discretely, Imbellem finished what he was saying to Mikael, “I’m just saying, the Elvish Tickler - think about it.” "You’re really going to embarrass me one of these days,” Mikael quickly whispered in reply. . .

Returning to the main room, the place was still alive with activity but was starting to calm as men drifted to the sleeping quarters for an early night’s rest. Tomorrow, as the party now knew, was going to be one hell of a day. They themselves began to feel tired as the day caught up with them. For some of them, the night before had not been a smooth night’s sleep, but rather a frantic and intense experience at Larlben Manor. Some rest was due. But before the party could head toward the Sleeping Quarters, they heard a sharp, hushed sound. “Psst!” They glanced about searching for the source and found it. Red hair shined near the edge of a pillar, one of many wide, rectangular pillars in the main room. Then half a face leaned out from behind it, exposing a green eye, watching them. It was Elora, simply watching them as though she were a peeping child behind a tree. Her green eyes were fixed on them. It was rather creepy in fact.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:35, Fri 03 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 49 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Fri 3 Apr 2015
at 13:32
  • msg #93

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

The sharp 'Psst' caught everyones attention, and Imbellems gaze drew directly to the lovely piercing eyes he had become so fond of. He institutionally began to wave as his usual 'Elora Infatuation' showed itself, but his arm stopped moving upward as it was was quickly shut off as the paranoia he had collected over his time as a wanderer began to take hold, and his goofy smile halted. He leaned one way over to Mikael and whispered, "Im all for a lovely womans attention, but rarely does anything good come after a, 'Psst'" Imbellem took a step forward, as Johannes was slightly in front of him and place his hand on his shoulder, talking behind his ear in a hushed tone so Elora was sure to not hear him. "This is weird. I dont like this. Why is she hidden and why does she ask for my- er, our attention in such a... Sneaky way. Usually id be all over this, but I'm going to follow your lead on this one. Something is up."
Imbellem looked quickly around the room for any others who may be looking at them, as well as Elora, trying to see her environment and if there was in fact an ambush waiting ahead. Unlikely, he thought to himself, but better safe than sorry.

Imbellem Tueri rolled 7 using 1d20+6. Spot check Elora.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 19 using 1d20+5. Sense motive Elora.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 18 using 1d20+6. Spot check area for other suspicious actions/people.

Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 220 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Mon 6 Apr 2015
at 15:38
  • msg #94

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline rolls her eyes, and heaves a sigh. "Oy, goofball, she's just being quiet and friendly," Jacqueline mutters to Imbellem, gently peeling a finger of his off of Johannes' shoulder. She smirks, but turns towards the green-eyed girl. "What is it, Elora?"
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 67 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Tue 7 Apr 2015
at 02:23
  • msg #95

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin follows his companions, watching Imbellum and Mikael wiapering. He listens closely trying to Decipher it. 22:23, Today: Dwalin Grayhammer rolled 11 using 1d20. listen He looks to Elora upon hearing the psst and follows the lead of the others. He looks around for anything out of the ordinary.
Today: Dwalin Grayhammer rolled 12 using 1d20. spot check.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:27, Tue 07 Apr 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 39 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Tue 7 Apr 2015
at 18:42
  • msg #96

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I lean back over to Imbellem, "Just be careful with that one, something seems a little... strange. Just keep your eyes open". I look around the room and at Elora to stay aware of the situations and my surroundings and I attempt to assess her motives in calling us over so strangely.

14:40, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 24 using 1d20+5. Sense motive, Elora, MQ.
14:39, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 27 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, Situational Awareness, MQ. {Nat 20!}
14:39, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 7 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, Situational Awareness, MQ.

Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 221 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Wed 8 Apr 2015
at 03:58
  • msg #97

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Hey, guys, if we're prepping for battle, you think we'll need a few bandages along the way? I want to make sure you burly men are fit for the morrow after battle." She grins happily, peering over at Johannes. Her eyes glint in the present, not fearing at all what was near their future.
Herr Johannes
player, 187 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Wed 8 Apr 2015
at 12:51
  • msg #98

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Noticing Elora and hearing the conversation of my companions, I reply to them quietly. "It does make me wonder why she is so sneaky about this, but I am not expecting ill will. Let's hear what she has to say. I have yet to meet all of Kelden's party, and was hoping to do so before tomorrow. This should be a great opportunity to do just that in meeting Elora. Perhaps, even better, she has contacted us- so I definitely want to hear what she has to say. None the less, we will keep our eyes and ears open, just in case. Listen closely to her words and watch her face to see what her motives may be in talking to us like this.
     and, we need to make sure to stop by the store before it closes, and before we have to retire for tonight. we must have all of our gear in order for the combat mission tomorrow. it is imperative.
     now that I think about it, I never even told the merchant lady whether I accepted or declined her offer. I was distracted by all the ruckus that ensued from the grappling match between Imbellem and the orc.
" {everybody do a Sense Motive check, spot check, and listen check.} I walk calmly up to Elora. I speak quietly to her, as if someone was sleeping nearby, "you must be Elora, {auto correct gave me this lol: I am here your highness} I am Herr Johannes and I'm pleased to make your acquaintance." I smile politely and give a slight bow, while I am 5 feet away.I keep my eyes on her while I bow politely, out of courtesy and in order to keep an eye on her, not knowing what her intentions are (even though I expect friendly).

See dice roller for sense motive, spot and listen.

{Then, I was curious of the price of every item I listed on the list I gave everyone. I can post here if you need it. I am posting like this because it is from my phone- I can message it or post it from a computer later.}
This message was last edited by the player at 01:39, Sun 21 June 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 340 posts
Wed 8 Apr 2015
at 16:44
  • msg #99

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Elora’s green eyes lingered on them, peeking out from behind a wide, rectangular pillar. Again she beckoned them closer with a gesture of her hand. The group glanced about the room to see if any other rebels had noticed, but Elora seemed to be actively hiding from them, revealing herself to the group alone. Warily, they approached. [Private to Mikael Vaeltaja: Sense Motive ~ You're not certain what to make of her motive though it looks like she wants to tell you something. Doesn't seem threatening, but there was a clear hint of paranoia. And it's hard to predict the irrational.][Private to Imbellem Tueri: Sense Motive ~ You're not certain what to make of her motive though it looks like she wants to tell you something. Doesn't seem threatening, but there was a clear hint of paranoia. And it's hard to predict the irrational.][Private to Herr Johannes: Her face was a strange blur of excitement, fear, and exhaustion. You couldn't tell what she might be thinking beneath it.][Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Her face was a strange blur of excitement, fear, and exhaustion. You couldn't tell what she might be thinking beneath it.]

Attempting to establish a friendly tone, Johannes was the first to introduce himself to Elora, but she didn’t return the courtesy. Instead her eyes darted between all members of the group, examining them, studying. Seemingly satisfied, she abruptly whispered, “Follow me!” Like a chipmunk running from the safety of his tree to another, so too did Elora dart from behind the pillar into the South Hall. “Hurry, or we’ll lose her!” Jacqueline cried to the others. Together, they rushed into the hall. Barely fast enough, they followed the hem of Elora’s cloak as it disappeared around a corner, and another corner after that, until they had stepped into a hall of doors having lost her completely. They were halfway down the hall when a door to the side swiftly opened with Elora’s face poking through, “Inside, quickly!” Finally, the group walked inside and Elora closed the door behind them, locking it.

Dwalin rested on his knees, breathing heavily after that burst of cardio. Likewise, Imbellem leaned on the dwarf for support and mumbled, “I always fall for the crazy ones. . .

The room was a large bedroom, with a wide desk and armoire pushed along one side. A bed was positioned at the rear of the room, furthest from the door, topped with a rather nice purple blanket that Elora must’ve gone out of her way to obtain. But perhaps the most noticeable feature of the room was the wall opposite her furniture which was covered from top to bottom with notes, letters, and documents, tacked all over the place. “Woah,” Jacqueline murmured when she saw the wall.

Elora hastened past them and started rummaging through her desk, papers falling to the floor as she did so. She was so engrossed in her search that she seemed to forget the party’s presence. The group exchanged uncertain glances with each other and shifted uncomfortably. After a few moments, Johannes finally decided to say, “Uhh, hello?” Elora immediately ceased her searching and turned sharply toward them. Slowly she walked toward Johannes, wagging her finger, “You. . . I recognize you. Your face. . . And you!” She abruptly pointed at Jacqueline. “And you!” And again at Dwalin. “You, you were there the night he died. Yes. Yes I remember. In the alley.” Slowly, she returned to the desk and resumed digging through its stacks of papers, muttering to herself allthewhile. “They’re always watching you know. Yes. Don’t know who to trust. So unclear. But you, you couldn’t be. No, it’s not their way. Too new and sudden, that’s not them. You’re a new factor. Maybe they aren’t aware? Could catch them offguard. Yes, that’s a good plan.” Once again, the group exchanged glances with each other, wondering what they’d gotten themselves into. . .

{Channel 4.5: Elora’s room ~ Opened}


quote:
Side Quest Experience: Pearl of the Sea
Dwalin: Gained 44 XP
Herr Johannes: Gained 44 XP
Lady Jacqueline: Gained 44 XP
Mikael: Gained 44 XP
Imbellem: Gained 56 XP ~ LEVEL UP


[Private to Herr Johannes:

Notice: Merchant's offer has expired.
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:56, Wed 08 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 188 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Thu 9 Apr 2015
at 22:43
  • msg #100

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Channel 4.5: Elora's Room

 DM Ryan named the conversation: Channel 4.5: Elora's Room.
  Herr Johannes = RED
  Lady Jacqueline = DARK BLUE
  Mikael = ROYAL RED
  Imbellem = BROWN
  Elora = DARK GREEN

  OOC = GOLDENROD

  *{reminder, we need to put our quotes into "quotation marks" and OOC things in {curly braces} thanks}*

  *possible recommended sound track: {https://youtu.be/XOIl8eZdJD4
Warhammer 40K: Dawn of War Soundtrack (Full)
}

     Elora: {*Cough}
     "So uh... Lovely place you got here, what are all of these?" (Pointing at the papers)
     "What on earth are you going on about? Who's them?"
     (Whispers to Mikael and Dwalin) "Im detecting the note of crazy that bennett was telling us about..."
     Elora: "Him! Well, them. Both! Yes, both now... It all came together. Puzzle pieces, just like puzzle pieces. But you guys don't fit. You could ruin his puzzle..."
     "Hey I'm good at puzzles! what pieces? maybe I can help put them together? Ya know, help eachother out a little?"
     "Ok, who's him? Biff?"
     (leaning to whisper to Mikael) "She seems a few puzzle pieces short of a picture herself. You gotta talk to them closer to their level. And be careful, you dont want to say the wrong thing and make her stop talking. Talk to her like shes making sense to you"
     {Whispering back} "Good point."
     {continued whispers} "I kinda dig crazy chicks. I got practice with the goofballs"
     Elora: "You think I'm crazy. No, not crazy. Too much thinking, too much going on. And no one to trust. The puzzle, the puzzle is what Biff found. He's dead now. I found his notes. Too many coincidences, far too many. And then there's him. All this time, him. Right from the beginning. Biff hunted him, day and night, but HE hunted him back. He won . . .
 . . . Alldyde.
"
     "Nobody thinks youre crazy, youre just thinking too much and not explaining enough. Alldyde? Is that the Pirate? Im sorry miss, Im new to all of this, but you think this man 'Hunted' Biff back somehow? Can you show us how you know?"
     "Yes, as my friend said. Please, we need you to calmly and clearly explain to us what you need to explain."
     Elora: {Elora suddenly grabbed Imbellem's shoulders} "Did you know Red Jack is dead!? Er, maybe fled. Er, I don't know. The rumors, I hear both. But he's gone. No one knows it yet, but he's gone!"
     "Who took his place?"
     "you smell ni- -cough- uh no miss I didnt know that. How did you come to know this? But you need to remember, rumors are just that: Rumors..."
     "Keep in mind, I still frankly have absolutly no idea why you collected all of us. Could you be a dear and uh... Enlighten us on the current situation? or perhaps what you... {Waving his arm toward the free papers} have been researching?..." {Imbellem gives the other members a worried look as Elora held his shoulders tightly}
     "Elora, I believe you! Now please, calm yourself. Give me a moment to speak with my compatriots." {I turn to the others a moment when I have the chance and ask them quietly,   "Did you see or hear anything out of place? Do you believe what she is saying? Can you tell what her motive is behind all this?" (ie, what did you find out from your skill checks before this post? (sense motive, spot, listen))}
     {To just our group} "She just seems paranoid and a little irrational is all."
     {Leaning back as far as he could to the rest of the group, Imbellem gave an agreeable thumbs up to his claim as the woman still had a grip on him.
Flattering, but ultimately unsettling.
}
     Elora: "Alldyde! {She released her grip on Imbellem} Everything. Everything's a puzzle. Our revolution, bigger, more people. More supplies, yes. Everything is better, why? Biff's notes, his notes. . . pirates helping recruit, pirates not intercepting our ships. They watch, always watching, from shadows, never interfering. Why? I think I know, but I have no proof. We need proof. That's what you can do. You're not them, you couldn't be. You could do it. They'd never expect you!"
     "So the pirates are recruiting and spying on everyone... Why do you think they arent doing anything?... Do you think someone is working with them from within your circle?"
     "And for the love of all that is holy, what did you learn from Biffs notes that got you so riled up?"
     (snapping out of a daze) "Guys, let Elora explain herself."
     "You are right Elora, we were there the day it happened. We were there when the inn was burned to the ground. We were there when they took Biff's life. We have been trying to figure out why it happened and who did it. We could tell there was missing pieces we did not have. That name sounds familiar- Alldyde. I want to help you get to the bottom of this."
     Elora: "They watch but I don't know why, don't know who. But you, you're not them! Only thing I'm sure of. You could go. First, you sleep, yes. Then at night, tonight, I tell Han to take you there. You can go inside and find proof. Must know. You must go, tonight, to their warehouse, the one Biff watched last. Must answer these questions. Let no one see you!" {She hands you a torn piece of a map}.
{Can someone insert the pic here?}
     "Wait, Elora, who is Han? And you must be more clear. We have a mission to fulfill tomorrow. You know that don't you? Kelden said, the attack begins tomorrow, how can we go out at night to do this before the mission at dawn?"
     "Oooh cryptic. Kelden is going to the Lords Keep right? Thats like... Way far away from the keep... If thats the case, i could be remembering it wrong, we couldn't do both"
     Elora: "Han, Han the doorman. He's not one, no. Can do both. Sleep then find proof, then meet us at the boat. Sleep now, then 6 hours til dawn. Enough time. Will have to be careful. Must find proof!"
     "Han isn't one what?..."
     Elora: "A pirate! . . you must go tonight. Han will meet you in the main room. He'll take you through Aqueducts, to Bazaar. Fast route. Find proof! . . But don't go below warehouse! The pirates, their complex is big, really big, and dangerous. You're too few, too weak. Just find proof and meet us at the boat!"
     {I pause a moment then take Elora by the shoulders, calmly making her face me. I look seriously in her face looking fro her eyes to meet me.} "Elora, what is going on? You are talking like you are half asleep. Is something wrong with you? {Everybody who has ranks in heal, please do a heal check} Imbellem, take a look at her. You are a member of Kelden's inner circle, you are an elite. You must explain better what you are asking and why. If you want us to help you, you MUST TELL US WHY. WE NEED TO KNOW MORE. I am not about to order my team to go headlong into a very possibly dangerous situation which may jeopardize the ultimate mission of deposing Steyus. YOU MUST EXPLAIN. Get a hold of yourself and start at the beginning. You are not a crazy person, yet you continue to talk like one! Your talking like you are in a half asleep state does not help! STOP IT! GET A HOLD OF YOURSELF! Nobody here wanted Biff to die. We will get to the bottom of this. Now you must explain from the beginning what is going on. You must explain if it is truly necessary we do this tonight! Could this wait until after the mission? I need you to be clear, here, please sit down. {I move her to an available chair or bench or bed and have her sit down to calm her nerves.} {I speak quietly to the party, especially Imbellem, is there anything you can do to help calm her down with your healing skill? Do you think there is some sort of poison or exhaustion or outside influence affecting her mind? (sense motive checks, knowledge checks?)}
     {Imbellem leans back, uttering a prayer to himself and studies Elora...And not in a weird way this time}
     Elora: "Because they're everywhere! And yet nowhere. . . so many shadows, makes the mind foggy. . . he might be watching me. . . Oh no, you have to go. You can't linger, or they might see! Out, go! I'll tell Han to be in the main room at midnight. Must know for sure. Then meet us at the boat! Go!"
{Elora shoos the party out of the room and slams the door behind you}
{Elora has left chat. You may continue to talk amongst yourselves in this Chat}
     "Well. That was neat."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:47, Fri 10 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 50 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Thu 9 Apr 2015
at 23:30
  • msg #101

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

(Nice on the work from the chat there Cody)

Elora's state of mind was obviously far from normal, as if she were running on lack of sleep and pure crazy energy. As she spoke, Imbellem took note of her body language as well as her mental state and how she spoke. He also checked of signs of poisoning that could alter her state of mind, as well as concentrated on sensing for dark magics that could be at work. He spoke calmly to himself while holding his small wooden cross. "Lord, as it says in James chapter five verse fifteen, if any among you be sick, call upon the elders of the church and they will be healed. I ask for your permission to claim the temporary role as elder, and grant me knowledge as I worry for the state of this woman and ask for the ability to sense if poison lies within her, or dark magics are at work that effect and cloud her mind. Amen."

Imbellem looked back up at Elora to finish his assessment.

"Miss please, you're sounding awful frantic, its really difficult to keep up with you..." As Imbellem spoke, his voice seemed distant, as if he were thinking about far too many things at once.

I cast Detect Poison and Detect Magic

Imbellem Tueri rolled 24 using 1d20+5. Listen check Elora tone of voice/mental state.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 20 using 1d20+6. Spot check Elora state.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 19 using 1d20+5. Heal check on Elora's physical/mental state
Imbellem Tueri rolled 19 using 1d20+5. Sense motive Elora.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 16 using 1d20+1. Knowledge local Elora.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 4 using 1d20+3. Diplomacy check calm Elora. =(
Imbellem Tueri rolled 9 using 1d20. Knowledge religion Elora-Effects thereof


[Private to DM Ryan: Would like to buy:
5 chalk (varying colors?)
1 mug
1 blanket (Light maybe? If its dumb, dont include it. Id like to stay light but have okay gear in my pack)
1 water skin
1 Map case
1 Thread and needle
1 Bag o' marbles
That seems importantish... Anything else suggested?
]
This message was last edited by the player at 03:54, Fri 10 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 189 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 10 Apr 2015
at 01:24
  • msg #102

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I consider closely Elora's words. They are troublesome. What a time for an unexpected delay, the night before the major offensive. Couldn't this wait! No matter, I will have to talk it over with the group and stop by the merchant first either way.

     "Elora, the group and I will have to consider your words and answer you shortly, in the meantime however, I desperately need to go to the merchant to sell all this loot I have acquired. Actually, the whole party needs to go, because I need their help carrying all this loot and I need to see to it that all of us are properly equipped for the combat operation tomorrow." I begin to walk away, but then stop and turn around, with a realization.
     "But before we go, please allow me to pray for you, you seem so troubled in spirit." I reach my hands out and put them on her head gently. "I pray in Jesus name that this woman have peace! I speak to her mind to be calm and in order. I speak to all forces in operation against it and/or oppressing her to be stopped and bound, in Jesus name! I command that her mind be loosed from this constriction of fear and evil! Be loosed from this pain, hurt, fear, constriction and evil!, daughter of Abraham, you are LOOSED! in Jesus name! I command peace and restful sleep to come. I thank you Lord that you heal this woman's mind from all the pain and stress. I thank you Lord, that You love her and your will is accomplished on this earth. I thank you that those who seek Your Will, prosper. I thank You that You give us favor in all our endeavours, that You bless our sleep and rest. That you go before us to prepare our way, and You command Your angels to watch over us lest we dash our foot against a stone! I thank you that you give us wisdom and discretion in this. You lead us in what we should do to stand against and defeat this evil! You are the planner Lord, you are the strategist. Lead and guide us in what to do in response to these threats of evil and our mission tomorrow. You Will is pure, and Your Love is unfailing. In Jesus name, Amen." I pause for a moment before lowering my hands and slowly opening my eyes again. I with a sense of peace and strong emotion prepare to leave for the merchant. {I use detect evil on Elora and her room, I also use 1 point of lay on hands on her if possible.}
     "Again, we will consider your words Elora, rest a moment while we take care of some transactions and details like that. We can talk more after that. Rest for now." I say with a calm smile- there is sort of a heavenly presence, like a cloud of smoke after the prayer. "Now all, let us depart to get all our good in order before the mission. Will you be ok Elora?"

We then prepare to leave her quarters for now... attention again turns to the enormous burden I am dragging around.
     Upon closer examination, one would notice I carry a small mountain of loot that has been steadily increasing with every side quest and other loot acquiring venture. I think we will need to split up some of this loot to carry it..." I say as I begin to make my way toward the merchant.
     "Hey, let us stop at Kelden's office a moment before we depart." I take a detour on my way to the merchant to go by Kelden's office. I knock on the door and open it enough to speak through with all my stuff. "Kelden, I do mean to disturb you but is there a place here we can sleep and a secure place we can leave some of our goods that we do not need for the mission tomorrow?"
     {I assume he says yes and sends a runner to show us our sleeping quarters.} I then make my way to the merchant to sell some things before I lose any more time doing something else.

     "Samawah! In all the commotion earlier, I never was able to tell you whether I accepted your offer or not earlier. I am not sure that I want to take the offer, but I will sell you a good portion of this stuff. Here:


Selling (small-sized):
Leather Armor x6 - 36 gold, 6 silver
Robes (burgundy cloth) - 7 silver
Cloaks (black) x 6 - 1 gold, 4 silver, 7 copper
Pouches (soft leather) x7 - 3 gold, 3 silver, 6 copper
Belts (black leather) x7 - 1 silver, 4 copper
Bedrolls x2 - 9 copper
Backpack x2 - 9 silver, 6 copper
Bell - 5 silver
Waterskin x4 - 1 gold, 7 silver, 2 copper
Glass Vial - 5 silver, 3 copper

Buying:
Javelins x5 - 5 gold, 1 silver

Price/availability checking:
Personal Equipment of a soldier:
PHB
1 backpack
1 bedroll
1 blanket, winter
5-10 Candles
5-10 chalk (if possible, different colors (white, yellow,) blue, red, green) it is normally 1 cp/ piece. If colored is over 2sp per, we will just stay with white.
2 fish hook
2-4 flasks
1 flint and steel
1 inkpen, no ink yet, too expensive
1 lamp, common
1 mug / tankard, metal
4+ Oil, pint / flask
1 parchment, sheet
2 to 4 pouch, belt
1 ration, trail (full days worth)=(3 meals or 1 full day)
Sack: 1 backpack size, 1 satchel size, 1 rucksack size (by the interior size) oiled canvas or in some way waterproof.
1 sewing needle + thread
1 half pound of soap
5 to 10 torches
2 water skins
2 whetstones, one fine, one rough
1 bag of Caltrops
1 concealed weapon - boot knife or dagger most likely?
2 bandages
At least 1 range weapon + ammo and 1 melee weapon (javelins- good thrown, bow most effective, sling- low cost)
Holy symbol if appropriate to class
Cloak with hood,
Bandana or scarf - some face covering.
1 case, map or scroll
1 Hand axe with hammer on the back
5 Pitons

Now items from the arms and Equipment Guide:
1-2 pair Earplugs
2 bags of marbles, small
1 mess kit
1 money belt
1 sparker
1 roll twine
1 candle wick (50ft)

Finally as a party, we all must have together:
A&EG:
1 armor maintenance kit
2 hacksaw common
1 saw, folding
Now phb
2 crowbar
2 grappling hook
1 pick, miner's
At least 3 hempen rope (50ft each)
3 signal whistle
2 sledge
2 spade
1 triple size tent (6 person) 3 room
1 acid flask


I consider all that I have read and studied to see if there is something that could give me greater insight into Elora or if she is being affected by some sort of outside influence, like a spell or curse.
{20:29, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 5 using 1d20+4. Knowledge (Religion), on Elora or an effect upon her; MQ.
20:27, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20+1. Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty), on Elora; MQ.
20:27, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 16 using 1d20+1. Knowledge (History), on Elora and what she is saying; MQ.
20:26, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 2 using 1d20+1. Knowledge (Arcana), on Elora -or a spell cast on her; MQ.
20:25, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 6 using 1d20+3. Knowledge Adventure, Elora; MQ.
}

I talk to Elora and do my best to calm her down. I also make an effort to understand what she is saying in her subtext about all this. I do what I can to extract and better understand this information from her- for the safety of the team and to understand this puzzle. I also try to check Elora's physical condition (heal check).
{20:24, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+2. Diplomacy, on Elora to calm down and speak clearly; MQ.
20:42, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 9 using 1d20. Sense Motive, on Elora and what she has said; MQ.20:58, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 22 -NAT 20! using 1d20+2. Gather Information, on Elora -if this applies here (if it takes 15 min+ I skip it); MQ.
20:56, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 4 using 1d20+2. Heal check, Elora, for condition; MQ
}

As Always, I keep aware, especially with the increased threat level.
{19:48, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 20 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
19:48, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 11 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 01:41, Fri 10 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 51 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16/16
Fri 10 Apr 2015
at 01:53
  • msg #103

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Herr Johannes (msg # 102):

Deep in thought, Imbellem snapped out of it when he heard Johannes speaking to the merchant. "Oh!" He shouted, as he recalled some things he wanted to acquire before they set out again, "Me next!" As he excitedly bounded toward Johannes, Imbellem was struck by a moment of insight. "Johannes," he began to say to the paladin as the others looked over, "Everyone in fact I suppose, after my bartering I would like to be alone for a short time, to reflect and meditate on the word. Im sure you'll understand if I remove myself for a bit to gain clarity and private time in prayer."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:49, Fri 10 Apr 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 40 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Fri 10 Apr 2015
at 15:05
  • msg #104

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After we are sent out of Elora's room, I return to the merchant to buy and sell some items.

quote:
[Private to DM Ryan: Price check:
To sell:
1 Rope
10 Piton
5 Torches
1 Hammer

To buy:
1 Sling
10 Bullets (sling)
1 Sparker
1 Acid Flask
]

This message was last edited by the player at 00:04, Sat 11 Apr 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 222 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 11 Apr 2015
at 05:04
  • msg #105

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline drew in a deep breath and asked, "Where can I store my stuff? I need a place to put things that I know I'll get back to." She leaned against a wall, rubbing her shoulder ruefully. "I'm hurting quite a bit."

{Stuff to store, and is free for the grabbing of anyone in our immediate travelling party, Mikael, Imbellem, Dwalin, or Johannes.

quarter staff
sling
10 bullets
1 backpack
bedroll
Crowbar
Mug/Tankard Clay
2 Hammer
Flute
Bottle of Rum
Peasant Outfit
10 pitons
3 caltrops
10 oils
5 candles

Need to purchase enough arrows to reach 40 arrows, please!}
DM Ryan
GM, 341 posts
Sat 11 Apr 2015
at 11:23
  • msg #106

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Samawah scribbled notes on a parchment as she listened to the needs of her adventuring customers. Her muttered calculations sounded almost poetic in her native tongue. Imbellem sat on a crate while the others finished their bartering, and his mind lingered only on Elora. At first he entertained a fantasy of taking her to the theatre, but that quickly changed to daydreams of a darker color as concern for her wellbeing deepened.

Returning to the armory, they’d passed by Kelden’s office only to find it locked and apparently empty. Unsurprising, for even during the short time they’d met Kelden, he seemed extraordinarily busy. As they continued speaking with Samawah, the merchant, Mikael caught up with the party after briefly departing to use the lavatory a few minutes ago. “So I spoke to a couple men in the hall. The Sleeping Quarters has a large area where we can rest, like a barracks. I’m not certain if we’ll have it to ourselves. Apparently only the lieutenants and really senior members get their own rooms, which is big status thing here. It sounds like it’ll do for the night though.” “Well, there’s only one way to find out,” said Imbellem as he stood, yawning widely. He walked toward the hall. Before disappearing around the corner, he asked the others, “Are you guys going to be long?” Johannes took a moment from his trading to reply, “I hope not, but currently, I can’t move!” It wasn’t until now that Imbellem noticed the giant mountain of bags of Johannes’ back; they certainly looked painful, inflicting scoliosis at the least. “Ah, I see,” Imbellem responded, “Well if you need your vertebrate pushed back in, come see me. I’ve always wanted to try that!” Amidst laughter, Imbellem left, allthewhile his thoughts wandered from medical treatments for the back to more mysterious illnesses of the unsung kind.

[Private to Imbellem Tueri:
Heal ~ Physically, Elora seemed to be in perfect health, a visual examination which Imbellem enjoyed perhaps more than was professional. But her mental health was clearly deteriorating, seeming confused and lethargic, almost like an elderly person with dementia.

Sense Motive ~ Despite her strange behavior, she absolutely believed what she was saying, afflicted by an unusual blend of fear and excitement.

Knowledge Local ~ Elora is one of Kelden Delcor’s lieutenants and a member of his original party. She has been with the rebellion since the beginning. Although she is still widely respected, her reputation has been suffering in recent months due to her bizarre behavior.

Detect Poison ~ Nothing

Detect Magic ~ There was a lingering magical sensation that sent tingles up the spine. Moderate in strength, it felt attached to Elora like a parasite.

quote:
Buying
Chalk x5 – 4 copper
Mug – 2 copper
Blanket, Winter – 4 silver, 5 copper
Waterskin – 9 silver, 8 copper
Case, Map – 1 gold
Sewing Needle and Thread – 4 silver, 7 copper
Bag of Marbles - 2 gold, 1 silver, 4 copper

Total Purchase Price (if fully accepted): -5 gold, 1 silver


Before Transaction: You are currently carrying a Medium Load
After Transaction. You are currently carrying a Medium Load. Note your Move Speed is 20 ft.
]

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja:
quote:
Buying
Sling and Bullets x10 – 1 silver, 2 copper
Sparker – 2 gold, 1 silver
Acid Flask – Unavailable

Total Purchase Price: -2 gold, 2 silver, 2 copper

Selling
Rope, Hemp 50 ft. - 4 silver, 5 copper
Pitons x10 – 5 silver, 5 copper
Torches x5 – 2 copper
Hammer – 2 silver, 7 copper

Total Selling Price: +1 gold, 2 silver, 9 copper

Net Transaction (if fully accepted): -9 silver, 3 copper


Before Transaction: You are currently carrying a Medium Load
After Transaction. You are currently carrying a Light Load. (You are actually 11 lbs overweight, but your inventory is reasonable, thus passed as a Light Load. However, be wary of what you pick up).
]

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: You are currently encumbered and cannot move.]

[Private to Herr Johannes:
Diplomacy ~ Despite a reasonable attempt to calm Elora down, she seemed little affected by what you had to say, as if her own thoughts were far more important.

Knowledge Adventure ~ Elora was a rogue class.

quote:
Buying
Javelin x5 – 5 gold, 1 silver

Total Purchase Price: -5 gold, 1 silver

Selling
Leather Armor x6 - 36 gold, 6 silver
Robes (burgundy cloth) - 7 silver
Cloaks (black) x 6 - 1 gold, 4 silver, 7 copper
Pouches (soft leather) x7 - 3 gold, 3 silver, 6 copper
Belts (black leather) x7 - 1 silver, 4 copper
Bedrolls x2 - 9 copper
Backpack x2 - 9 silver, 6 copper
Bell - 5 silver
Waterskin x4 - 1 gold, 7 silver, 2 copper
Glass Vial - 5 silver, 3 copper

Total Selling Price: +46 gold, 7 copper

Net Transaction (if fully accepted): +40 gold, 9 silver, 7 copper


Before transaction: You are currently encumbered and cannot move.
After transaction: You are currently encumbered and cannot move. Note you are carrying loot from two recent sidequests.

Price Checking/Availability:
Unless immediately purchasing, price checking is limited to no more than five items. Use the PHB and A&EG as a general pricing guide.
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:25, Sat 11 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 52 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 01:31
  • msg #107

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem went to his sleeping quarters and dropped his pack and equipment on the floor next to his cot, a bit too carelessly as a matter of fact, because the harsh thud snapped him out of his deep thought and he quickly dropped to his knees and frantically opened his pack. With a sigh of relief, he saw his fiddle, still in one piece. Quietly buckling his bag, he sat on the edge of his cot. Ever sense he left Elora's room, he had been frantically racking his brain over each spell and curse he had ever heard of, trying to crack the code and discover what was clouding the mind of the lovely red-headed woman. But alas, he was running out of ideas as well as time. Picking up his legs underneath him, he sat on his cot, sitting straight up and began to take multiple deep breaths. For now, he needed time of prayer and meditation. Perhaps while he sat in deep thought, he could crack the code. Before he began to fade into his own mind in prayer and meditation, he thought to himself, 'Unless this magic can be dispelled, Elora must not be allowed to join us in the morning. She could end up killing herself, as well as other people. I must have words with Kelden and the members of the group in private tomorrow. Kelden needs to know and we need to have a solid plan on what to do with Elora and her tainted mind.'

Breathe in... Breathe out...

'I hope I can figure this out. The world would be a more dreary place without those lovely green eyes.'

Deep meditation for a few hours due to level up

[Private to DM Ryan: Transaction accepted by the way, not sure if I told you that yet. haha]
This message was last edited by the player at 02:28, Tue 14 Apr 2015.
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 68 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 03:22
  • msg #108

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin let's out a loud yawn."Well I think it's time for me to retire to my bed, it's been quite the day. Although I could use one more ale and some food. Oh well, I'll see you all in the morning" Dwalin walks to his sleeping quarters and removes his pack. Being that his armor is light he just leaves it on. He sets his axe right next to him in his bed, just in case something happens during the night.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 41 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 04:11
  • msg #109

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: I accept the full transaction. ]
I leave the merchant a little lighter on my feet. "Some rest is much needed. It was a long ways here, and our journey is not over yet. I will see you all when the sun is back up.Not that we will be able to tell down here..."
Herr Johannes
player, 190 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 04:57
  • msg #110

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I look at my hands a moment, covered in sturdy dwarven made gauntlets. I look at my boots, thick leather boots. I remove my metal helm and look at it. I wonder to myself why it seems light- like it does not exist. It seems to feel like I walk barefoot, not in a pleasant manner, but one that would make remember what it feels like to walk on gravel with tender feet. "Hmm, one day, one day these will come in handy." It does not seem to do anything for protection now. Disappointed, yet in spite of futility, I leave them on and hope that one day, they will benefit me again.

I look back at the merchant and give her the nod to complete the previous transaction. I, still unsure of my equipment in total, ask to buy 2 chests and a simple lock. For lack of the ability or time to sort this equipment now, I am just going to have to secure it.

"Ma'am I would like to also buy:"
2 chests
1 simple lock (the cheapest)
1 boot knife+sheath
1 Hand axe with hammer on the back
5 pitons
1 pair Ear Plugs
1 mess kit
1 sparker
1 roll twine
1 candle wick (50ft)

I ask for some help from the rest of my party carrying the chests which I now have filled with every item of gear I do not plan to bring with me on this mission back to our room.

I face the 2 chests toward each other and fish the lock through both loops and lock it face to face, before string the key in my pouch.

I talk briefly to the party:
"I made a mistake on my calculations for gear, Jacqueline showed me a layout of items. I think her's was a good option. Just make sure to have all your armor, your shield, primary melee weapon (like ax) and secondary melee weapon (like dagger) a ranged weapon, hidden weapon, 2-4 oils with fuses in them, a flint and steel, a sparker, 2 torches, a water skin (filled), 1 ration, 2 bandages and backpack and belts to carry it all. You could also bring parchment and a case with something to write on it, for mapping and notes. Maybe someone grab a sledge if we have to destroy a door.

Next, Elora is in no condition to go on this mission. We need to make sure that Kelden is aware of this. I am not sure whether to believe her words and go on this mission she asked or not. I DO plan to tell Kelden about it though. After getting your inventory in order and purchasing whatever you need (like a boot knife) help me search for Kelden. Lady Jacqueline, can you be my battle buddy to search for Kelden? Or do you have more to do still? -Remember all, stay in pairs.
"

I, with Lady Jacqueline go searching and asking around for Kelden, telling people it is urgent. I look also for Darus and Bennett if I cannot find Kelden. I go to his office and ask around. If we find him, I tell him about Elora and the mission she asked us to go on. I can play that out- I will talk to him about spiritual matters and the fact that a curse or something of the such seems to be affecting her. I can type this dialogue up when I find him If we find him and we can ask him also about a place for our gear, I mention that and if there is a secure chest, possibly skip purchase of the lock, maybe even the chests...

I do a full gear layout on my bed of every item plan to bring on this mission (minus the items I just bought and have yet to confirm their existence).

(Light load on person, Medium with pack. I will drop the pack if necessary at times. If you would like the excel file Ryan, just ask. This took so long to put into an excel file with weight, lol. I still have a lot more to sort- I am going through all my rpol, doing a sort of audit of my equipment and gold... This still does not include gold, I was not sure of the weight, I would likely bring half. I am leaving the full gear here for the benefit of people to see a thorough inventory layout.)

Location Item Amount Weight (lb) Total
Equipped Guisarme 1 12 12
12
On Person (Worn) Tunic and Tights (clothing set) 1 2.5 2.5
Heavy Leather Boots (pair) 1 4 4
Reinforced/Studded Leather Gauntlets (pair) 0
Steel Helm 1 4 4
Studded Leather Armor 1 20 20
Cloak, Cotton 1 2 2
Belt, Leather (clothing) 1 0 0
 Neck:   Wooden Holy Symbol (1) (on a waxed string) 1 0 0
  Signal Whistle (1) (on a waxed string) 1 0 0
  Signet Ring (1) (on a waxed string) 1 0 0
32.5

LBV (Load Bearing Vest) Belt, Baldric (Sword Belt): 1 0.5 0.5
  Sheath CL-Longsword 1 4 4
  Sheath CR-Dagger 1 1 1
  Club CL 1 3 3
Belt, Baldric (Equipment Belt/Girdle): 1 0.5 0.5
  Belt Pouch FR (Std Leather) 1: 1 0.5 0.5
      Chalk (1) 1 0 0
      Flint and Steel, tied together 1 0 0
      Sling (1) 1 0 0
      Lion Brooch (1) 1 0 0
      Envelope from Biff, map and journal entry 1 0 0
      Plain olive oil for anointing (1 flask) 1 0
      Bandannas 2 0 0
              Chest Key (presumably)
  Belt Pouch FL(Hard Leather) 2: 1 0.5 0.5
      Small scratched silver coin 0
      Platinum () 0
      Gold () 0
      Silver () 0
      Copper () 0
      Clay Tokens () 0
      Gems: Orange-Green Gem (1) 0
      Copper Earring (1) 0
  Belt Pouch BL(Hard Leather) 3: 1 0.5 0.5
      Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses 4 1 4
  Belt Pouch BR(Hard Leather) 4: 1 0.5 0.5
      Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses 4 1 4
  Bullet Pouch BC(Soft Leather): Lead Bullets (10) 1 5 5
  Sheath CR-Knife, Hunting/Utility 1 0
  Bag, BCR (Soft Leather): Caltrops 1 2 2
  Bag of Marbles BCL (Soft Leather), Clay 1 2 2
        Belt, Money
28
Assault Pack: Backpack: 1 2 2
  Small Back Pouch: 0
    Inkpen (1) (with cap) 1 0 0
    Fish hook (2) + Fishing Line (20ft) 2 0 0
    Sewing Needle (1) + Sewing Thread (?ft) 1 0 0
    Bandages (5) (-1) 5 0.1 0.5
    Bag of Marbles, Clay 1 2 2
    Bag of Caltrops 1 2 2
  Main Pouch: 0
    Mess Kit (to buy) 1 1 1
    Grappling Hook (1) 1 4 4
    Rope, Hempen (50 ft) 1 10 10
    Sack 1 (Clothing): 3 0.5 1.5
      Parchment (1) 1 0 0
      prayer shawl 0
         Package of matzo, (1) wrapped in wax paper 1 0.5 0.5
         Bottle of red wine (1) 1 1.5 1.5
         Bible, German (1) 1 0
            Letter to Kelden and to Kelden's Servant 1 0 0
      Soap (½ lb) in wax paper 0.5 1 0.5
      Tooth Chew and Rub 1 0 0
      Toothbrush 1 0 0
    Sack 2: 1 0.5 0.5
      Torches 2 1 2
      Candles 9 0 0
      Chalk 3 0 0
    Sack 3: 1 0.5 0.5
      Whet Stone (Sword (1)) 1 1 1
      Oily Rag 1 0 0
      Cleaning/Storing Oil (for Steel Weapons) 1 0
   Sack 4: 1 0.5 0.5
      Flask, Metal (3) 1 0.5 0.5
      Trail Ration (4) 2 1 2
  Side Long Pouch/Strap:
   Right: Crowbar (1) 1 5 5
  Exterior: (Slung on Back Pack) 0
   Water Skin, 1.5 Quart vol. (2) (Grog) 2 4 8
45.5


I stay aware. It is hard not to maintain vigilance with all the adrenaline just before a mission.
{00:47, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 14 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
00:47, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 13 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 223 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 11:50
  • msg #111

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

{{Inventory:

Take note of what's red. I can't take it with me. And then take note of what's orange, because I also can't keep it, but I think we'll need it somehow on our trip.

 1 Lock pick set (set in hair)
 2 Bracers
 1 Dress
 1 Fascinator
 1 Leather Boots
1 Leather Shoes
 50ft rope (hemp)
 1 Dagger (in boot)
 1 Rapier
 1 Shortbow
   Arrows x27
1 Quarter Staff
 1 Sling
 10 Bullets

 2 Backpack - I'm keeping one, and having to leave one behind
 1 Bedroll
 3 Caltrops

 1 Case for map/scroll
 10 Candle
1 Crowbar
 1 Flint and Steel
 1 Grappling Hook
1 Mug/Tankard Clay
 10 Oil (1 pint)
5 Rations
 2 Hard Leather Pouch - again, keeping one and leaving one
 2 Sewing Needle & Thread
 1 Water skin
 1 Sheath for Rapier
 1 Signal Whistle
 10 Piton
 2 Hammer

 1 Whetstone
 1 Holly and Mistletoe
1 Musical Instrument, Flute
 1 Bottle of Rum 1
 1 Peasant Outfit
1 Traveler's Outfit (will change into from dress, soon? then the dress will be left behind)}}

"Guys, I seriously need a room for all my stuff. I'm not going anywhere until we have a room." She glances around, eyes wide. "No, really, I can't move."

(If relieved:)

"We need to find Kelden and tell him about Elora. She's definitely not safe to come with us."

{07:49, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 11 using 1d20+8. Listen check.

07:49, Today: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 28 using 1d20+8. Spot check. (YEAH NAT 20!!) }

DM Ryan
GM, 344 posts
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 20:56
  • msg #112

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Having set down his things, Imbellem seated himself on the edge of the cot. The barracks, the southernmost room of the base, was a fairly long and wide chamber with a total of twelve beds, six on each side. The cots themselves were low and simple frames topped with a padded cloth and several thick blankets. The blankets were a relief, for the temperature underground was persistently cool during the day and gradually lessened to a wintriness once the sun set. On the far side of the room, one of the cots was already occupied by a rebel who was fast asleep, unbothered by the sound of other rebels passing by. Imbellem lowered himself to the ground and used the bed as a rest for his elbows in prayer. Not longer after, his companions joined him, also finding their way to the barracks.

Dwalin was helping Johannes hull two large trunks which were already stacked with several of their backpacks. Upon entering the room, they instantly set down the heavy burden to momentarily rest their weary arms before finishing the trek to the other side. Jacqueline and Mikael followed, setting down their things on two cots across from them, the whole party claiming five beds on one end of the room. “This should do the trick,” panted Johannes. “Store what things you can’t carry in the chests. Hopefully no one will bother it while we’re away.” He sat down on one of the cots and rubbed his knees. Dwalin wasted no time as he collapsed on his own bed which seemed to slightly sink beneath his dwarven weight. No sooner than he’d closed his eyes did he start to snore. Insomnia was certainly not a problem among dwarves.

Before long, the party had finished putting away and organizing their things, and soon every party member laid in their respective cots waitings for sleep to come. For some it came easily, but not so much for others. Thoughts of tomorrow raced in their minds, a far too interesting subject to put aside and rest. Tomorrow, the fate of the city would be judged and great events unfold, changing things forever, and they were to play a key role in it. The mere notion was enough to captivate them in fanciful daydreams, wanderings that somewhere in the night changed to actual dreams, a smooth transition. And finally, at some point, the party slept.

[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Rhythmic and soothing, the song of the ocean pleasantly grew in her ears, the sound of rolling waves upon the shore. Foamy water broke upon the sand and glided over the surface, wettening the soles of Jacqueline’s bare feet. At first she flinched at the cool, wet touch, but then relaxed her feet back into the damp sand. Standing, she gazed out across the ocean which seemed endless in every direction, inescapable. Her fate. Then, like a siren’s call, beautiful sounds echoed from the sea, as though sung by the waves themselves.

Hear my voice
It beckons you
Don’t fall
Astray

Come to me
I’ll wait for you
I’ll light
The way

Don’t you fall
Or stumble here
The grounds
All thorns

Look on me
And don’t you fear
Your flesh
All torn

The song lingered unnaturally in the air, mesmerizing in its ghostly beauty. It was so enthralling that Jacqueline hadn’t noticed she'd begun walking into the ocean, not until the cool water covered her shoulders. Slowly, peacefully, she continued forward until her head disappeared underneath. Although the surface glistened blue like sapphires from above, beneath it was cold and dark. Jacqueline felt a brief moment of regret as she continued her journey to the bottom of the ocean, the glow above growing distant, but something unknown urged her forward. It felt like hours had passed. Suddenly, now truly at the depth of the sea, she saw a light flash somewhere in the blackness. Steadily she wandered toward it, feeling her way through the thick darkness, her movement slowed by the ocean’s weight. She must be close now. Then, in arm’s reach in front of her, a light appeared, large and circular with a vertical black steak in the center. It opened into existence before her, and she realized it for what it was. The giant yellow eye stared directly at her, penetrating through flesh and blood, seeing every inch of her soul. . .

Jacqueline suddenly awoke in her cot. She was soaking wet, her skin damp. What it sweat? No. It didn’t feel like sweat. . . Jacqueline shifted to a more comfortable position on her side. Oddly enough, the dream didn’t bother her. It was an old dream. One she’d had many times before.
]
[Private to Imbellem Tueri: "Child, it takes a creative will. . . to break nature.” Imbellem jolted awake and sat up in his cot, “Who said that?” Immediately, he realized there was no one save his sleeping companions. A sound lingered in his ears from the dream. Was it a dream? In any case, he couldn’t make out the sound, having already forgotten what it was, being so groggy. He took a deep breath to gather his senses. Despite the abruptness of his awakening, he was also grateful for it. The need for sleep was at an end, and it was time. . .]

***

Imbellem was the first to wake. “Psst, guys, it’s time.” Dwalin lifted his head with eyes half-open. Although it was still the dead of night and dawn was many hours away, eight hours had passed in sleep. Imbellem sat up in his cot, “Jacqueline, are you-?” “I’m awake,” she responded instantly, unmoving. “Ah, right. Well if we want to meet that Han in the main room, now’s the time.

[Private to Herr Johannes:
quote:
Buying
Chests x2 – 4 gold, 8 copper
Lock, Very Simple – 21 gold
Bootknife – 2 gold
Handaxe – 6 gold, 1 silver, 8 copper

Pitons x5 – 4 silver, 9 copper
Mess Kit – 6 silver, 4 copper
Sparker – 1 gold, 8 silver, 8 copper
Twine, Roll – Unavailable
Wick, Candle - Unavailable

Total Purchase Price (if fully accepted): -36 gold, 2 silver, 7 copper
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:16, Tue 14 Apr 2015.
Chest
Storage, 1 post
Tue 14 Apr 2015
at 21:08
  • msg #113

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Chest is currently empty.

{To deposit items in your chest(s), place the items you wish to store in a list made private to the DM. You may then immediately remove these items from your character inventory. The items listed will then be added to the chest inventory (viewable by clicking its Character Description). To view the contents of a chest when not in proximity of it, the chest can be found in either "Character Profiles" or "The Cast" and be accessed from there.}
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 69 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Fri 17 Apr 2015
at 22:56
  • msg #114

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Ugg, what's wrong with you guys, haven't you ever caried a load? Here I'll take some of the heavy things so we can actually go somewhere. It seems we need to let kelden know about elora, she's definitely not quite right in the head. Whether she's crazy or just sick, we should take caution at what she says. Dwalin moves over to carry some 5hings for the party, being as he can't be encumbered.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 53 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Sat 18 Apr 2015
at 00:51
  • msg #115

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Never really had to actually," Imbellem said to the dwarf as he hopped off of his cot, "but here, let me help whoever needs it move things into that chest. My load isnt the lightest right now, so im afraid I cant take much else with me..." He said as he walked over toward Jacqueline and Johannes to help them transport items to the chest or simply to Dwalin. "Its midnight... What can we do about talking to Kelden? He has to be warned, but... I dont know whats going on with this Han character, and i dont know how I feel about him yet. There is a unique magical presence within Elora, and she must not be allowed to leave without being dispelled..." Imbellem looked down in thought, "While we are... Doing whatever it is we're doing, ill be looking for clues and perhaps magical aura from suspicious peoples. If something should come up, Ill look for your full support. Someone with magical abilities is not your regular goblin, pirate or guard. They are incredibly intelligent, and their abilities are almost endless.." Imbellem stood still for a moment and looked at everyone. "I still dont know who in this rebel group to trust, the one responceable could be in this base. I would suggest leaving a note for Kelden, but if it were to fall into those wrong hands, I worry for Eloras safety."

(If anyone has good "gather information", Someone should run that over Han. Just to check up on him.)

[Private to DM Ryan: Imbellem Tueri rolled 13 using 1d20. Gather info Han.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 23 using 1d20+5. Listen check surroundings .
Imbellem Tueri rolled 23 using 1d20+6. Spot check surroundings.

would like to also deposit: -Bedroll, Fishing net, fiddle, beige trouses, sewing needle/thread, mug, blanket- into the chest for now, just in case there is something shiny I wanna pick up.
]
This message was last edited by the player at 01:29, Sat 18 Apr 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 42 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Sat 18 Apr 2015
at 01:26
  • msg #116

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I help Dwalin with carrying equipment. "I think we should meet this Han guy. Not saying to trust him off the bat, but I fear what is wrong with Elora is just the surface of what might be going on. I think we should at least visit him and possibly get some answers."

[Private to DM Ryan: {I deposit my pitcher of wine into the chest.}]
Herr Johannes
player, 191 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Sat 18 Apr 2015
at 04:15
  • msg #117

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to GM: THE PRIOR NIGHT:

quote:
I accept these items:
the entire order from msg 106, except I only buy 3 javelins and place them in the left side of my pack.
Chests x2 – 4 gold, 8 copper
Lock, Very Simple – 21 gold
Boot Knife – 2 gold
Sparker – 1 gold, 8 silver, 8 copper

I decline these items:
2 javelin
Handaxe – 6 gold, 1 silver, 8 copper
Pitons x5 – 4 silver, 9 copper
Mess Kit – 6 silver, 4 copper


I store some items in chest 1:

{KEY: * indicates previous location for my reference, the * item is not stored

quote:
Chest Itself:
Quarter staff (1)
Heavy Wooden Shield, Emblazoned with Red crusader cross {St George's Cross} (1)
Leather Armour (1)
Bag of Marbles, Clay (1)

*Load Bearing Vest:
 *Sword belt:
  Club (1) -CL
 *Belt, Baldric (Equipment Belt/Girdle):
 Belt Pouch BL(Hard Leather) 3: Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses

from pack
*small back pouch:
Caltrops (1) bag
*Main pouch:
      Peasant's Outfit
      Traveler's Outfit
      Nice Tunic (from Larlben) (3)
         Book: King Lothair, father of Hrodebert
      Soap (3 bottles) -from Larlben
      Oil (Scented, bath) -from Larlben
   *Sack 2: Torches (8)
   *Sack 3:
    Whet stone (2) (1 Course, 1 Fine)
    Whet Stone (Dagger (1))
   Wooden Case: Candles (1)
   Wooden Case: Chalk (1)
   Wooden Case: Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses
                Lamp, Common (1)
   *Sack 4: Flask, Metal (2)
           Trail Ration (2)
  *Side Long Pouch/Strap:
   Left: Lt Mace (1)
         Quarter staff (1) {when stored}
  *Lower Exterior Belt:
   Bedroll (1)


plus loot (except gold) from the recent sq and battle, I am still inventorying it...}
]

Before I fell asleep, I took time to pray for the next day (today).
I went through my familiar scriptures once again. It is not my preference to do it in such a public place, however it is not nearly my first time doing so. I focus on the precious word of God, letting it feed my soul. From my Bible I recite quietly outloud to myself...

quote:
"Psalm 23 King James Version (KJV)

1 The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.
2 He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: he leadeth me beside the still waters.
3 He restoreth my soul: he leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name's sake.
4 Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.
5 Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies: thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over.
6 Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.
"


It has been such a long, tiresome day. All I want now is rest. I lay me down to sleep, dreaming of green pastures and quiet waters.

THE NEXT MORNING:

I awake slightly earlier than everyone else to pray a little more before our mission.

quote:
"Psalm 91 King James Version (KJV)

1 He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.
2 I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in him will I trust.
3 Surely he shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, and from the noisome pestilence.
4 He shall cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings shalt thou trust: his truth shall be thy shield and buckler.
5 Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth by day;
6 Nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday.
7 A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee.
8 Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked.
9 Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, even the most High, thy habitation;
10 There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling.
11 For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways.
12 They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.
13 Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet.
14 Because he hath set his love upon me, therefore will I deliver him: I will set him on high, because he hath known my name.
15 He shall call upon me, and I will answer him: I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him, and honour him.
16 With long life will I satisfy him, and shew him my salvation.

pray for 1 hour total.
"


I then arise and put my bible away. I get a few last minute pieces of my equipment ready - see my inventory. bringing me to exactly 63 lb, which is my light load (58+5lb).
I also shoulder my pack, adding some additional weight. I go to my squad mates to explain the situation... if perchance there is still hidden gear on me, I ask my friends to watch it while I go find talk to them and subsequently go find Kelden.

{Inventory: I put 1 hammer from Jacqueline and 5 pitons, in my backpack}

     I talk to the squad, "Alright team, we need to find Kelden and tell him about Elora. We need to tell him about our 'mission' from her. We want command to know where we are and so be able to rendezvous and/or send support- or at least know where we are going.  At minimum, we need to find him to see if our rendezvous point would change now- like meet at the shore, instead of the base. I am going to look for Kelden, someone/a pair should stay here and watch our gear possibly. Someone come with me, Imbellem? Oh! and we need to talk to Han. The people guarding the stuff could do that. Also, if possible, I believe Jacqueline should wear the brass chain shirt, and Dwalin, you should wear the scalemail. Make sure Jacqueline and Mikael have a light load.
     Han, do you know where Kelden is right now? And Bennet, Darus, and Elora? We need to talk to to them ASAP about the mission. We MUST find them before we leave.
"

I get up and go search for Kelden (with Imbellem?). I look at his office. I look in the kitchen and the armoury. I also take note if the shop is open in the armoury at this time. I look in the main sort of lobby we can in to when we arrived.

of course, I stay alert and I search (listen) for Kelden at the same time.
{01:30, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 15 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
01:30, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

I look closely at Han, to see what class he is and how tough of a fighter he is.
{01:52, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+3. Knowledge Adventure, on Han; MQ.}
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:06, Sat 18 Apr 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 224 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 18 Apr 2015
at 07:31
  • msg #118

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline keeps an eye out for Kelden.
DM Ryan
GM, 345 posts
Sat 18 Apr 2015
at 11:59
  • msg #119

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

This way,” said Mikael. The halls were sparse compared to earlier. Most of the rebels slept at this hour, and indeed the barracks had filled during the night, leaving no cot unoccupied. Some still roamed the base, having already awoken from an early rest or having been unable to sleep due to the ubiquitous anxiety that preceded a battle. Afterall, today was the day that a government fell.

Entering the main room, the party walked into the center, keeping their eyes open for their familiar guide. Han was leaning by the metal door at the fore of the room, the entrance to the base. He rubbed his eyes, looking like he’d just woken up himself. He recognized and approached them. “Hey guys. Lieutenant Elora told me to take you to the Bazaar. Apparently scouting the roads to where the ship is docked? I’m ready to leave when you are!” Johannes stepped forward, “Hi Han. We’re ready but there’s something we need to do first. Tell me, do you know where Kelden is?” Han replied, “Sleeping in his room I imagine.” “Where is that exactly?” Johannes asked as plainly as he could. “At the east end of the sleeping quarters. But-” “Thanks!” Johannes briskly interrupted. “Just wait here. We’ll be back.” Han blinked in surprise as the party departed back toward the south hall, leaving him at the entrance in confusion.

Hastily, they retraced their steps, turning several corners, until they reached the corridor which housed the seniormost members of the rebels. The hall had eight doors in total with four on both sides, including Elora’s own chamber halfway down. Passing her room by, the party walked to the very end and paused at the last door, located on their right side. They knocked.

Inside the room, they heard a thud and fast series of striding footsteps. The door swiftly opened. And inside was Kelden Delcor. Having been asleep, he had leapt from his bed with a sense of urgency and wasted no time in seeing who visited him in the night. Wearing a leather armor over his night clothes, he’d also grabbed a long sword enroute to the door. He looked tired. Recognizing the party, he looked somewhat surprised but collected nonetheless. Immediately, he asked, “What’s going on? What’s happening?” His hand gripped the handle of his sword as he spoke. After glancing between the party members a few moments, seeing they were neither agitated nor panicked, he loosened his grip. “Apologies. I had told my men not to wake me unless it was important, not wanting to be fatigued for tomorrow. When I heard the knocking, I presumed the worst. What brings you here at this hour?

Imbellem coughed, “Sir, it’s umm, well it’s-” “Go ahead and speak,” Kelden reassured. Imbellem had been feeling congested by worry and dreams, but he spoke through it regardless. “Well, it’s about Elora.

{Channel 4: Kelden's Quarters - Opened}

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja: Items successfully deposited. You are currently carrying a light load.] [Private to Imbellem Tueri: Items successfully deposited. You are currently carrying a medium load.] [Private to Herr Johannes: Items successfully deposited. You are currently carrying a medium load. You are no longer encumbered.][Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: You are currently carrying a heavy load. You are no longer encumbered.]
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:35, Sat 18 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 192 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 05:03
  • msg #120

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I converse with Kelden- {see Channel 4: Kelden's Quarters}

I ask him some additional questions.
     "Hmm, sounds like you think it would not be a good idea to go to the warehouses? Do you think there is any merit to what Elora has said? Do you think there is something there we would need to see that could undermine our entire effort? Or do you think it was just some sort of great ruse that they are trying to use on us to get us off course from our mission? Like a very clever ruse making it look like they are the last people who could cause this- thus avoiding their own incrimination?
     Also, do you think this is a mission that we can wait on- something that is important, but is possible to delay until (or even better left) for after tomorrows victory?

Before I forget, I would like to thank you again for giving us audience on this matter at such a late hour.
"

Upon his recommendation I speak to the party.
     "Well, what do you all think? I think Kelden's recommendation may have saved us from being captured or injured. This may be a mission best undertook after our current victory.
     I am pleased that Kelden will look into Elora's condition. This could have made a huge difference in the mission tomorrow, good job Imbellem. We may have just save Elora's life and the lives of those on the mission. I am sure these things can be worked out in time.
     Also, I am glad to hear our items will be safe here.
"

I attempt to stay aware even at this quiet, dark hour.
{23:49, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 2 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
23:49, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 3 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

[Private to Dwalin Grayhammer: INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

Upon Dwalin's offer to carry items for the party I give him my pack and ask for his empty back pack in return. I take his backpack and put the 3 javelins I bought into the side pouch, and one waterskin I attach to it.

I also return to our room briefly, draw out the bag of marbles I stored, the pouch of 4 oils, and the 3 bags of caltrops Lady Jacqueline left. I put them in my pack that Dwalin is carrying.

*{removed from chest:
  from Herr Johannes Stuff:
    Belt Pouch BL(Hard Leather) 3:
      Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses
    Bag of Marbles, Clay (1)
  from Lady Jacqueline's Stuff:
    Caltrops bags (3)
}


(the backpack I am carrying)
{*Dwalin's backpack:
On Back:
 Backpack:
  Small Back Pouch:
  Main Pouch:
  Side Long Pouch/Strap:
   Left: Javelins (3)
  Lower Exterior Belt:
  Exterior: (Slung on Back Pack)
   Water Skin, 1.5 Quart vol. (1) (Grog)
}

(the backpack Dwalin is carrying is layed out exactly like this and contains these items.)
{On Back:
 Backpack:
  Small Back Pouch:
   Inkpen (1) (with cap)
   Fish hook (2) + Fishing Line (20ft)
   Sewing Needle (1) + Sewing Thread (?ft)
   Bandages (5)
   Caltrops (1) bags + (3) *from Jacqueline*
   Bag of Marbles, Clay (2) *corrected from 3*
  Main Pouch:
   *Belt Pouch BL(Hard Leather) 3: *added
     *Oil (4 pints) + caps and fuses *added

   Grappling Hook (1)
   Rope, Hempen (50 ft)
   Sack 1 (Clothing):
      Parchment (1)
      prayer shawl
         Package of matzo, (1) wrapped in wax paper
         Bottle of red wine (1)
         Bible, German (1)
            Letter to K* and to *'s Servant
      Metal Tankard (1)
      Bottle of Rum (1)
      Sealing Wax (1/2 pound) in wax paper
      Soap (½ lb) in wax paper
      Tooth Chew and Rub
      Toothbrush
   Sack 2: Torches (2)
           Candles (9)
           Chalk (3)
pitons (Jacqueline's)
hammer (Jacqueline's)
   Sack 3:
    Whet Stone (Sword (1))
    Oily Rag (1)
    Cleaning/Storing Oil (for Steel Weapons) (1)
   Sack 4: Flask, Metal (1)
           Trail Ration (2)
  Side Long Pouch/Strap:
   Left: Javelins (0) *moved to my inventory*
   Right: Crowbar (1)
  Lower Exterior Belt:
  Exterior: (Slung on Back Pack)
   Water Skin, 1.5 Quart vol. (1) (Grog)
*one place on my back*}
]
This message was last edited by the GM at 10:35, Tue 21 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 193 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 05:04
  • msg #121

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

THIS WILL BE EDITED LATER, I AM POSTING THE UNEDITED (removing FB notifications etc) SO KARISSA CAN SEE IT

Conversation started Saturday
Ryan Persha
4/18, 6:39pm
Ryan Persha
Channel 4: Kelden's Quarters - Opened.

SatRyan Persha named the conversation: Channel 4: Kelden's Quarters.
Ryan Persha
4/18, 6:39pm
Ryan Persha
Kelden: *Cough
Saturday
Shaun La Lone
4/18, 10:25pm
Shaun La Lone
"First off, I would like to thank you for your hospitality and kindness toward us. Its rare to find kindness such a yours these days.
We have... Concerns, maybe news to you about your lieutenant Elora. Im sure her strange actions have been noticed by now"
Shaun La Lone
4/18, 10:31pm
Shaun La Lone
((Such as yours**
Crumb under the 's' key))
Sunday
Ryan Persha
4/19, 12:10pm
Ryan Persha
Kelden: {He frowned} "I've noticed. It's no secret she's been unwell. But I hope you woke me for more reason than this."
Shaun La Lone
4/19, 12:15pm
Shaun La Lone
"Well... {Slightly intimidated, imbellem became more timid}
I uh... Im a bit of a doctor, and also a cleric, I checked her for poisons and injuries that could cause something to make her... Goofy... And I felt a rather strange magical arua clinging to her... Like a parasite. And I learned that her symtpoms were the same as biffs before he -rest his soul- was assassinated.
The same ailment has been passed to Elora and i believe i speak for all of us when I say she should not be allowed to partcipate in the mission unless she can be dispelled, or her life, and every around her may be in danger."
Shaun La Lone
4/19, 12:16pm
Shaun La Lone
"Do you know of anyone in this area that has ANY sort of magical knowledge? Anyone who could help remove this enchantment on her?"
"...or perhaps even place a curse on her as well as Biff..."
"I realize im new and probably pull little weight with my words, but a life is a life. And I wish to do everything in my power to make sure that everyone be safe."
Today
Cody Krueger
8:06am
Cody Krueger
"Kelden, we wanted to say also, we apologize for waking you at this hour. We tried to find you earlier but were unable to. Due to the lives at risk, we thought it best to take this course of action and speak with you now.
"We hope this can be brief so that you could go back to sleep soon."
Today
Ryan Persha
12:46pm
Ryan Persha
Kelden: "In the past, I never thought there was true sorcery in the world, that it was only the stuff of folktales. At least until I saw it. Though it was only once, a year ago in fact, it was an unforgettable sight. But to say Elora's poor health is attributed to strange forces as well is still a far-fetched claim to my ears, especially when it's so apparent that she's been strained by stress and grief these past few days. I would say you are either mistaken or trying to deceive me, to separate my companions from me. . . but I don't think this.
Your concern seems genuine, and although I know little of you good priest, there are some among you who I know would not lie, nor let such a lie be told. And the well-being of my party members are my foremost concern. If you say she is perhaps unwell enough to be a liability tomorrow, I'll take your speech seriously and examine her myself in the morning.
Today
Shaun La Lone
7:28pm
Shaun La Lone
"Mister Kelden Wait! I realize you may not believe in things of a magical nature, but I assure you, I was just as skeptical as you before I asked the Lord for guidance and assitance in finding out what was going on with Elora. She cannot be left alone to linger with this magical presence. This is of upmost importance. It happened once before, and it will happen again. You need all the help you can get, and I ask- no, I insist you at least point us out to someone who can help dispell her. This curse is very real, weither you believe in magic or not. Just because you dont belive in something doesnt mean it doesnt exist.
Please sir. No more lives need to be lost due to this magical plague. She doesnt have to suffer anymore. It is only growing in strength and tomorrow may be too late. Im sorry if ive overstepped my bounds, but Morning may simply be to late respectively sir."
(BEHOLD: Imbellem Tueri rolled 25 using 1d20+5. Diplomacy check, Kelden: Importance of Elora's condition.)
Shaun La Lone
8:06pm
Shaun La Lone
((Do rolls even count in in-character chat...))
Shaun La Lone
8:13pm
Shaun La Lone
(((I was informed they do not. Thats a bummer lol)))
Ryan Persha
10:14pm
Ryan Persha
Kelden: "In mere hours we are about to bring change to the city. Perhaps after, when the battles have passed, Elora's health will return. At the moment however, there's nothing to be done. If her illness was bodily and not of her mind, we could obtain medicines, but that's not the case. If her illness was caused by a magic, what could we do but pray? I'll let her rest. If she seems too unwell come morning, I'll do what's best for her.
I cannot point you to someone I don't know of. I only knew of one person with strange powers, someone I haven't seen since before our revolution, and that was a pirate named Alldyde. I appreciate your concern my brothers and sisters - it speaks to your character - but I must return to my night's rest, lest I be weary for tomorrow. Goodnight."
{Kelden has left chat. You may continue using this chat to converse among yourselves. Note: make clear course of action in your posts!}
Shaun La Lone
10:20pm
Shaun La Lone
"...Coulda gone better I suppose... So off to Han then? I personally dont trust the guy.
And why in the world would a man curse people to become obsessed with finding and killing him.
It just makes no sense... Keep an eye on Han. I dont trust him
Or Bennett.
Or most anyone besides you guys really.
Wandering alone for a while give a fella a bit of paranoia."
Cody Krueger
11:06pm
Cody Krueger
There was really 2 issues we wished to discuss, with a 3rd less important note. 1st is Elora's present condition. I do wish to second Imbellem's assessment in certain points.
First:
     We checked Elora's physical condition, and found nothing amiss. Imbellem is quite skilled as a healer and I second his opinion there. However I noticed, that she seemed not merely stressed and grief stricken. It was like she was almost in some sort of drugged state, like she was not fully conscious. She spoke in broken sentences and seemed to be sure of what some would call paranoia. I tried to wake her by speaking directly to her about this and shaking her. I prayed for her, yet she only seemed to respond in suddenly skirting away. It is like she is in a dream she cannot wake up from, but knows it is not real. It is like there is a conflict in her, between her mind and something else.
     We considered this might be the result of poisons. Imbellem checked her for poison's and found none.
     I know as a man of faith that there are forces beyond what we can merely see. I know you share this faith. We know God exists and there is influence by the divine upon our material reality. I believe it may be related to something in that realm. I know sorceries is an uncommon thing, but it is not farfetched to believe that there are events in this world, which cannot be explained by only material means. I believe you are a man who believes and shares this faith. We believe in the supernatural realm. Even Jesus himself cast out demons, and took authority over nature, and healed  the sick- all beyond material means. I do not know what exactly is affecting her, but if it is not material, what is it? The point is, we are not sure what it is, but I would propose, it is likely supernatural.
     The reason we are telling you now is because in her current state I believe she could not only be a danger to herself, but also to the mission. I know in a team, we rely heavily upon one another- I did not want to see her snap while we are on our most crucial mission and have her endanger her life and the lives of her team mates, ie yourself, Kelden.
     You are of course, free to make an assessment yourself, but when she took us aside, I definitely could tell something was very wrong.
     The other thing I found concerning about her condition is that it sounds like it began after Biff's death. From what I understand, it also has the -same- symptoms. That seemed to be more than a coincidence to me. That is why I considered there must be a connection.
(Second)
Other things to take into account for this assessment, involved the second issue of importance we wished to discuss. When she found us, she discreetly got our attention and asked us to follow her to her room. She claimed that there were few that she could trust, but that she apparently recognized us likely trustworthy. I believe she said this was because she recognized us from the Boar's Tusk Inn and found our appearance at your headquarters fortuitous at this time - like we were therefore not connected to "them." I believe she was referring to the pirates. I am sure she has told you by now, like she told us, that she, like Biff thinks the pirates are somehow involved in sabotaging your organization, but not until they help you overthrow the current regime. She was not very clear about this, so some of the details had to be extrapolated by me. She mentioned someone else- Alldyde. I have heard that name before in reference to the pirate lords. Biff had mentioned him as well, I believe.
     Elora wanted us to go on a mission, -prior- to the mission today (to overthrow Steyus). She wanted to conduct a reconnaissance mission and acquire "proof." Proof of what I am not sure.
     I wanted your opinion of this mission. I do not wish to jeopardize the primary mission of overthrowing Steyus, but she seemed adamant that this mission is essential- like that is could affect the mission against Steyus. I do not know the likely enemy forces or really any other details, besides she mentioned a warehouse and that they were too strong to engage, only that they needed to be spied on for "proof."  She may have explained more to the man she sent to wake us. I trust you as the senior officer. I know a heavy burden is upon your shoulders, but that God has given you grace to lead. You are still a man, but I believe I can trust your judgement and that you are of excellent moral character.
     (1) Shall we go on this mission? (2) If so, what would you suggest in the way of actions we take for it? ie, is there certain recon you thought would be important? - Where should we rendezvous with you?
Finally this brings me to our 3rd issue, is there a place we can securely store our items we do not need for this mission. I realize it is not as pressing, but I thought I would ask while I have you.
Ryan Persha
11:38pm
Ryan Persha
Kelden: {He speaks further to the effect of what has been said, but this will be covered in game. However, here is an excerpt of the response that should be known prior to posting}. ". . .  she must not be thinking clearly. My advice would be to continue resting until morning. Warehouses in the Bazaar are run by the pirates. Going to them just before our mission could be a grave mistake, jeopardizing your lives when we're so close to our goal - the fall of Steyus! Much rides on tomorrow. . ." ". . . may leave your things here. We have no thieves. . ."
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 225 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 05:04
  • msg #122

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Jacqueline heaves a sigh, adjusting the pack on her shoulder. She carefully studies their surroundings and keeps an ear out for any trouble. Kelden, she thought, we're watching out for you... I hope you believe us.

[Private to DM Ryan: "Don't worry Kelden!" giggled little Jackie in her distant memory. "I'll take care of you-- and you'll take care of the village!" She chortles behind a hand as Kelden simply smirked and towered over the little clumps of dirt that they pretended were homes of many villages. The map was quite accurate of the whole town that Jackie daily toured on small missions for small fortunes of food. And for whom she worked for, they really gave her manners and purpose-- and belonging.

But not like Kelden did.

"Alright, Jackie!" He laughed, arms indecisive about whether to be folded, or hold his sides from laughter. "You take care of me, and I'll take care of all of the village," he spoke craftily, not forgetting any weight or detail to each word, "...including us!"
]
Imbellem Tueri
player, 54 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 21:21
  • msg #123

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem rubbed his nose-bridge and slowly let out a sigh. "I guess I dont blame him," he said, voice slightly muffled by his hand in front of his face, "Magic is incredibly rare and not many people believe in it... But I swear to all of you," he said, lowering his and and looking at the party. "It is magic that is messing with her, I cant explain how it felt, but I know for a fact its magical. I wouldnt lie about something like that..." Imbellem looked down the hallway. "Looks like Han is ready to direct us to where Elora told us to look for clues... I dont trust the guy completely but... it doesnt leave us much choice. We should catch up with him and scout ahead for Kelden while we're out, maybe we could help out his assault tomorrow while we help Elora tonight. Two birds and all that." Imbellem placed his hood on his head. "Im not the sneakiest, but we should be careful. After what I heard about biff, I cant help but think there might be some blood tonight. We should travel in two groups maybe, not draw too much attention to ourselves as we walk out tonight, but thats just a paranoid priests opinion. What do you think we should do Johannes?" he said looking over toward to puzzled paladin. "It could be a trap, but it could also help find the answer to whats rattling around in Elora's head... As well as check ahead for Kelden tomorrow I suppose."

Imbellem kicked at a small pebble on the ground and mumbled to himself, "If I could just figure out how to fix whats happening with Elora... Ill bet shes a great person... Just suffering with some... curse or something... Also shes adorable so. If I crack this code she'll at least feel obligated to write me" he concluded with a grin.
Herr Johannes
player, 195 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 22:51
  • msg #124

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After conversing with the party and Kelden further- see chat and fb. I speak again to Kelden about our final decision.

"Kelden, I also wanted to mention to you that we have heard reports similar to Elora's from Biff as well as a former compatriot of ours. He is likely still an agent of Steyus. They all seemed concerned that the pirates were allowing you to succeed, only because somehow they could use that to set you up for failure, or attack while you are vulnerable. I am surprised that I keep hearing these reports. Your plans appear very sound. I am not here to say you are wrong, but it does make me ask the question: Why do people continue to try to tell us this? Is it just an elaborate distraction? Or is there truth to it? The problem is, I think the risk is sufficient that it would benefit you for us to go ahead and scout out route to the boat and confirm there is not some sort of massing force at the warehouses.

I recognize the concerns about Elora's claims. She was quite unclear. However, I propose that my group scout ahead now, to confirm that there is no ambush waiting for us. We can still rendezvous with you at the boat, and we will not take any great risks to find proof. We will do what would help our assault- recon our route and recon the surrounding area and ORP (objective rally point) where we are meeting before commencing attack (that is the boat).

     This would give you
1 additional intel and recon for your army. (perhaps for an attack later on the pirates)
2 separate the groups and so make our movement to the ORP less conspicuous
3 verify we will have safe passage and are not all walking into a trap
4 possibly give us a reason as to why these reports continue to surface

I do not want to disobey orders, but I believe this would support your attack and efforts. I am asking if you would allow us to undertake this mission? I believe my compatriots are all willing to undertake this mission. Again, we will not take unnecessary risks, and this will give you eyes on our route. You do need a scout, and if Elora is unable to be that, our team is ready for deployment. I ask you to allow us to undertake this mission.

Additionally, if there is any other information or orders concerning rendezvous, communications, or times for the mission to overthrow Steyus, you can tell us now. If there is an additional objective you would like us to be aware of for the recon you can tell us.
Is there a time we should meet you to inform you what we found in our recon- to ensure the route is safe? or a time by which if you do not hear from us you can assume the route is unsafe?
"

{Ryan: if you are looking for a direct choice, We choose to go on Elora's mission first, then Kelden's. Be aware we do not intend to take unnecessary risks and possibly get ourselves captured before the mission, but we plan to go. I assume the next post would be about our journey there?

Does the rest of the party agree on this? I am assuming YES? Please speak up if you have concerns or believe we have any oversights on this. Be prepared to move out- ie, have all your gear checked up and good to go.


[Private to GM: Ryan, is my load now inside a light load, giving Dwalin my pack?]}

Before leaving I put my dark cloak (different from my red one with the sheepskin- same as the one in the sidequest) on over my gear, my money belt underneath my tunic. I put a bandana on my face and my hood over my head. I see that my boot knife is securely in place.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:57, Tue 21 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 55 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Tue 21 Apr 2015
at 22:56
  • msg #125

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Herr Johannes (msg # 124):

[On Board, yo]

Following Johannes' lead, Imbellem makes sure his belt pouch and pack are secured, as well as his weapons held firmly in their place in case they needed to make a quick escape. Though his cloak was not black, the worn brown would provide a small amount of cover. He removed his bandanna and put it on his neck, just below the chin; ready to be pulled over his face in case they were to bump into unsafe strangers.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:17, Wed 22 Apr 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 43 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 22 Apr 2015
at 02:06
  • msg #126

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

In reply to Herr Johannes (msg # 124):

"I am on board with Johannes. I think that's the right move and if we do not atleast visit the warehouse we could be missing out on some valueble information. "
DM Ryan
GM, 346 posts
Wed 22 Apr 2015
at 17:03
  • msg #127

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I’ve reconsidered,” said Kelden. He’d taken a few moments to ruminate the matter, but it sounded as though he’d come to a conclusion. “If this warehouse is the object of Elora’s obsession, then perhaps this is a matter to be investigated. At the very least, we can be sure there are no enemies in our blindspot while we undertake so dangerous a mission. Go to this warehouse my friends and see what you can find. But be wary, for the pirates are far more difficult a fight than city guards, and with even less honor. When you’re finished, head to the north side of the Bazaar where you’ll find a large dock built on the water; our boat will be on the western end. We depart when the sun breaks over the sea’s horizon, five or six hours from now I believe. May the Lord give you favor in this endeavour. Now, I rest. Goodnight brothers and sisters.” Kelden closed the door and returned to his interrupted sleep. The hall was silent once again.

Leaving, the party was now certain that this warehouse might provide some answers to the pervasive mysteries that haunted them. Convinced of the necessity of this reconnaissance, they together approached Han who waited for them in the main chamber. He looked bored as he twiddled his thumbs and bided his time but brightened at the arrival of the party. They made known their desire to go to the Bazaar, and, pleased with the prospect of being useful, led them out the metal entrance and back into the Aqueducts.

They took a very different route through the Aqueducts this time, turning around many corners but always generally heading in an eastward direction. As they traveled, they passed by numerous intersections, side halls, and slanted passages that digressed into the labyrinthine tunnels. In fact, after a mere ten minutes, they were no longer even certain of what direction they were headed having been so thrown off by the absence of any landmarks. They quickly realized the importance of a guide, or they would have easily become lost in the maze.

Thirty minutes passed, and finally, they reached a small, damp room which had two hammocks strung across opposite corners. A couple men laid in them, sleeping soundly. As Han and the others stepped into the room, one quickly raised his head and, recognizing Han, waved once before falling back into a slumber. They continued through a metal door on the opposite side, not unlike the one they entered when first descending into the Aqueducts, and into a tunnel through which ran a river of clean water. There, they found a ladder fastened to the wall, leading to the surface above. “We’re here!” said Han cheerfully, satisfied with his personal triumph. “Already?” Johannes exclaimed. The party climbed the ladder and exited through the sewer grate above. Breathing in fresh air once again, they climbed out into a side street which was recognizably located in the Bazaar; in fact, they were only a block away from the fountain which marked the center of the market. It then dawned on them that the Aqueducts cut straight through all the buildings on the surface, making for a decent shortcut (if one knew the way). Han whispered from the sewer, “I’ll be returning to the base to help bring things to the boat. Goodluck adventurers.” The party gave their thanks and slid the sewer grate back over the entrance. Now alone in the streets of the Bazaar, they headed toward the warehouse which Elora had marked on their map.

It felt different walking through the Bazaar at night. The streets were empty and silent, and the air was cooled by the nearby ocean, not so different from the cold underground from which they’d just left. Now familiar with the market streets, the party swiftly traversed the roads leading the warehouse, which according to the map was found in the southeastern corner of the Bazaar. Before long, walking along the eastern pier, they reached their destination. It was exactly where it was supposed to be. Beneath the stars and moonlit sky, they gazed upon a large wooden warehouse built near the towering stone wall that enclosed the market district. Thirty feet high with a sloped roof, the warehouse appeared worn and derelict, like a barn decades old. The party would have presumed it to be abandoned if wasn’t for the two fifteen foot high doors propped wide open with lantern light and voices emanating from inside. . .

If that wasn’t enough, Jacqueline’s ears caught another sound. Swiftly she whispered, “There’s someone walking down the side road a decent distance away, slowly coming closer. Just one by the sound of it. . .


This message was last edited by the GM at 17:26, Wed 22 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 56 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Sat 25 Apr 2015
at 01:04
  • msg #128

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Just one?" Said Imbellem with an almost excited tone in his voice, "Lets grab this guy and see what he knows." Imbellem began to quietly make his way around the corner of the building they stood next too, stepping past Mikael and Johnnes, beginning to leap out at the poor stranger or possible pirate. "He could be in cahoots with the pirates inside. We could get some information out of-" His movement was cut short as a tight tug on his cloak sent Imbellem flying back into the arms of someone behind him, who swiftly made him stop talking and made little to no sound in the process. Imbellem looked up at the stern eyes of Johannes as he silently shook his head. "Dont be daft," he said in an authoritive, almost angered tone. "He could be a simple walker. Besides, this is a recon mission, we arent meant to cause any sort of chaos if we can help it." Releasing his cupped hand from imbellems mouth and spinning him around with another swift tug of the cloak. Imbellem stood in silence, he realized had had gotten a tad carried away with excitement. "Hey look," Jacqueline said, looking at the seemingly empty house next to them. "If we hide in here, we can watch from a safe distance." "Maybe even overhear a few choice words" Mikael chimed in. With a soft creak, a board was pried from the door frame and an escorting hand was extended by Johannes.

Imbellem lowered his head in acceptance as he walked toward the opening. "Yeah okay... thats probably smarter..."

Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 44 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Sat 25 Apr 2015
at 03:55
  • msg #129

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

I stand next to Imbellem. Looking through open holet we just made. I keep still and focus on the stranger, trying to identify him and listen for anything. I say to others, "I'll let you all know what I see once he is close enough for me to make anything out. Jacqueline, maybe you want to ready your bow... just in case. You do have the best shot between all of us. Someone keep a look out for anyone else approaching from the other direction. He may just be a local out for a stroll, but let's not be caught off gaurd."

Once the stranger is in view I attempt to make out anything that may identify him, either as a pirate, or someone I might recognize, or someone else. I also ready my spear in my hand.

23:54, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 10 using 1d20+7. Listen check, stranger; MQ.
23:53, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 5 using 1d20+3. Spot check, stranger; MQ.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:56, Sat 25 Apr 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 226 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sat 25 Apr 2015
at 13:31
  • msg #130

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline grips her bow, steadying herself slowly. "I'll only loose if they prove they are dangerous." A small, shaky sigh escaped her. "We want them for questioning, even if they are dangerous. We are not vermin, killing others-- remember that. Please."

What if it's my brother? ...What if it's that half-orc? I swear, if it's that elven woman, she's... her mind darkened, but quickly blanked to block out the anger within. Just wait, Jacqueline, she thought to herself. Just wait.
DM Ryan
GM, 348 posts
Sat 25 Apr 2015
at 14:01
  • msg #131

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

They winced at the sound of broken wood. Johannes pried off several rotted boards, subsequently followed by Dwalin shouldering open the musty door. Without proper maintenance, the incessant spray of the ocean had taken its toll on the adjacent, old structure, and even now they could feel the gentle mist of dissolved waves from the pier. The wood easily peeled off like bark from a decayed tree, but to their ears, every sound they made seemed to echo in the night, made mentally louder by their own fear of being heard. Hastily, they filed into the abandoned building.

It used to be a storefront; at least that much they discerned from the rows of empty shelves and broken objects along the ground. Dwalin stepped over the remnants of a smashed chair. The interior had been thoroughly vandalized, likely by youths, for most everything was destroyed in a seemingly playful way. Tiptoeing over the debris, the party gathered by the south wall and attempted to peer through the cracks to catch a glimpse of their nighttime wanderer. They huddled by Mikael who had found one of the more gaping apertures in the porous wall.

Of course they couldn’t see a thing. It wasn’t until they a saw a flash of light from behind the warehouse and an entering shadow did they realize an important fact. There was a backdoor! They heard footsteps no more. “They must've gone inside. But a backdoor - that’s useful to know,” Imbellem whispered aloud.

They were on the verge of breaking cover and exiting their shelter when boisterous laughter echoed from the open entrance of the warehouse. Like children fighting to look through a keyhole, the party huddled once again around their crack in the wall. Two men, enjoying an unheard joke, stepped out from the other structure and lingered by the tall, propped doors. They were illuminated by the moonlit sky above. One had a long ponytail, and the other short hair hidden beneath a decorative bandanna. The colors of their garments were turned to shades of gray beneath the dim lunar glow. After adjusting his bandanna, the man pulled a pipe from his vest and lit it using a lantern that must’ve hung just inside the warehouse. They passed the pipe between each other and spoke. Clearly feeling secure, their casual voices reverberated just above the sound of the sea, only occasionally deafened by a large wave colliding against the pier.

This is some good stuff,” commented the man with the ponytail as he shared in his companion’s pipe. “That be Youzi tobacco, from the Bungo. Won a pouch from Partlan last week.” “Well done, he’s a mean poker player. Took a few coins from me last pay. Don’t think I’ll try to win ‘em back either.” The man with the bandana paused and shot an incredulous glance at his friend, “Course you ain’t. ‘E’s dead mate.” His companion seemed truly surprised. “Not killed, right? He’s beastly with that mace.” “Killed,” said the other confirmatively. “Well, shit.” “Wasn’t ‘is fault though really. ‘E was part o’ that party who went to kill the fellow at the ol’ Boar’s Tusk, break up them Delcor-Larlben talks, keep ‘em fighting. Well, they brought the boss’s little girlfriend with ‘em as their fourth.” “What! Ain’t no way he was ok that.” The man with the bandanna was revelling in his knowledge of salient gossip. “Oh, ‘e wasn’t. She didn’t even tell ‘im! Course, ‘e found out after. Anyway, was ‘er job to get ‘im out, right? Well she fucked up big. ‘E died, and so did the other guys, though they wasn’t really ‘er bad. Apparently she was so ashamed, didn’t come back for three damn days.” The other whistled his disapproval. “You met ‘er once, right?” “Yea. Can’t remember the name though.

Taisiya,” he reminded.

Ah, right. Cute that one.” Flipping his ponytail back behind him, he dumped the ashen contents of the pipe on the stone ground. “Well that’s that. Back to work.” “Aye.” Casually, they stepped back into the warehouse. Meanwhile, still listening from within their abandoned store, the party’s minds turned upside down.

quote:
Roleplaying Experience
Dwalin: Gained 20 XP
Herr Johannes: Gained 82 XP
Lady Jacqueline: Gained 50 XP
Mikael: Gained 40 XP
Imbellem: Gained 96 XP

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:51, Mon 27 Apr 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 57 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Sat 25 Apr 2015
at 18:24
  • msg #132

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Imbellem stood for a moment, the name sounding familiar, but not really sticking to a face. He stood upright, pondering where he had heard that name before where as the rest of the group stood looking out the window frozen, mouths agape. Suddenly it hit him. Taisiya. Jacqueline's friend. Though he had not known her well, he felt an incredible amount of betrayal. Suddenly he began to writhe about the room causing the others to turn, frantically punching and kicking at the air in an attempt to keep himself from shouting in anger. After a few moments of this interesting show, he knelt down and buried his face in his hands, and finally after this frantic silent show, a muffled scream was heard. He didnt want to cause too much sound lest they be discovered, but this was simply too much for him. Suddenly and sharply, he stood and spun about facing the group with a look of intense anger. "Okay so, sense I've met you people two out of six of your group have ended up being not what they appeared to be." His voice beginning to rise, but he still tried his best to keep it down. Anger was taking its toll on the priest. He took assertive steps toward the rest of them with finger extended, still hunched over near the opening of the window where they overheard this most... Unsettling news. "I never trusted that Orc guy, and im glad i followed my gut, but Taisiya? I... Thought i knew people better. Being alone for so long takes its toll on a guy, trust is not easily gained. If I learn that any of you are betraying, or not transparent in your actions. There will be hell to pay." Imbellem paced back and forth tugging at his hair and cloak as he fought off his anger and paranoid thoughts. He spun on his heel to face them again, made a face and flopped his arms down to his sides. "Well? Anybody have any other ground breaking secrets for me, or do I need to wait until I find one of you under my mace, Because I dont want that to be the case. I've grown rather fond of you all, but if you're a spy or working with... Whoever the hell is tearing this city apart, you will be removed gracefully from this mortal plain." Though Imbellem wasnt the strongest of the group, he meant his words. There would be little that could stop him in a white hot moment of rage if he heard there were more traitors in their midst.
This message was undeleted by the player at 21:34, Sat 25 Apr 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 196 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 28 Apr 2015
at 06:33
  • msg #133

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Stunned, but recovering, I speak quietly to Imbellem. "She deceived us all, don't turn on the friends you have left. She was always so quiet. She always seemed to avoid my questions. I guess I could see it, however, I always got the sense from her that she abhorred killing. I am not sure what sort of pirate lord 'girlfriend' acts like that. Perhaps she was beginning to change. None the less, I am glad she never accompanied us to Kelden. There are many secrets still outside her grasp. We likely showed her more kindness than that shown to her by the pirates. Perhaps she will join us, or be swayed by her guilt or concern yo help us. I suppose this is true, but it still seems so hard to believe, perhaps, still out of place..." I shake my head in wonder, frowning at the loss of a companion twice. Like the 2nd death? "Wait, this is important, did she leave after we looked at Biff's map? Was she there in Flor's inn?"
This message was last edited by the player at 03:56, Tue 05 May 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 227 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Sun 3 May 2015
at 22:34
  • msg #134

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Lady Jacqueline folded her arms over her stomach, trying to come to terms with their friend whom they thought was their ally. She could not have assisted in Larlben's death, could she? She shook her head, an ache traveling down her back to her gut. I thought I could trust her... Shifting her weight on her heels, she glares at the ground at a tooth on the ground, most likely from a teething hound.

[Private to DM Ryan: She just remembered her dream from last night...

Lightning clawed across the sky, flickering wildly while the thunder answered in low murmurs. The path illuminated every once in a while before her from the skies, but there was no rain, barely any wind. A pair of eyes, she could feel, watched her as she took one step in front of the other. She peered over her should behind her: the party, setting up camp for a camp fire. Was this... real? None of them watched her-- but she could feel the unfamiliar pair of eyes beckoning her towards the woods.

The hairs on her neck began to lift, and a chill ran down her spine. The pair of eyes was finally found from a crouching massive heap-- which suddenly lifted itself onto four legs. Jacqueline fought the urge to move suddenly for her dagger. The creature bared its teeth, but something about the way it did made the beast a little more friendly. "I can help you," it said, a female voice clearly speaking in her mind. "Please help me find him, and I can guide you to where you need to go."

Relieved that she didn't grab her dagger, Jacqueline extended her hand out as if to reach for the creature. But suddenly, in one of the flickers of lightning followed closely by its returned grumbling thunder, the creature had disappeared. It looked like... a wolf.

"Lady Jacqueline?" called someone from the camp. "What is it? What do you see?" She inhaled and exhaled slowly, staring at the empty space before her. Where had it gone? What was that-- or, who...? She turned back towards camp, not having gathered much firewood. "I'm... not sure. But I think we're well-protected here."

The dream faded, and she was brought back to the present.
]Lady Jacqueline bent to pick up the tooth and turned it over tenderly in her palm. She glanced back at Johannes, unable to recall whether Taisiya left before taking a look at the map. Or, with her knowledge of her being magical... whether she had started the fire at the first inn in the first place.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 58 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Sun 3 May 2015
at 23:20
  • msg #135

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Johannes' words helped slightly, but overall, beaded off of him and rolled off like water on the back of a duck. Imbellem did not deal well with betrayal or liars. Still in a rather uptight fury, but slowly begining to calm down; he looked at everyone again and took a deep breath. "Okay... So this girl. How long was she with you? Did she have any magical background? It seems a bit too easy, but maybe she was the cause for all the chaos you seemed to 'bump into' before I came along. Could she have cursed both Biff and Elora? Or any other sort of influence among any of you for that matter..." Imbellems eyes glanced along the room, looking at the party intently, sharp angry eyes piercing almost their very souls.

[Private to DM Ryan: Imbellem Tueri rolled 20 using 1d20+5. Sense Motive on party (hidden agendas perhaps? or authenticity).
Imbellem Tueri rolled 17 using 1d20+1. Knowledge Local Taisiya information
Imbellem Tueri rolled 9 using 1d20+5. Heal check on Party, mental, physical states, possible small injures
]
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 45 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Mon 4 May 2015
at 23:00
  • msg #136

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

"Gotta admit... didn't see that one coming. But this is not the time to linger on this. Let's see what's going on here."

I look and listen to the surroundings, making sure there's no one who has noticed us.

{18:41, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 24 using 1d20+7. Listen check, situational awareness; MQ.
18:40, Today: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 16 using 1d20+3. Spot check, surroundings; MQ.}


I look at the building take note of any windows or other means of seeing inside the building.

"Well I'm going to see what's going on in there."

If I don't see anyone outside of the building, with spear in hand I move over to the corner of the building where the back door is. I look around the corner and move next to the door if there is no one around the corner. I then look through the door and evaluate the inside. Taking note of how many people there and anything else of note. I also listen anyone talking or approaching.

{18:57, Today: Secret Roll: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 18 using 1d20+7. Listen check, inside the building; MQ.
18:57, Today: Secret Roll: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 17 using 1d20+3. Spot check, inside the building; MQ.}


I then return back to the group after I finish evaluating the inside of the warehouse. I do so avoiding being seen or heard and relay my information.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:38, Tue 05 May 2015.
Herr Johannes
player, 197 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Tue 5 May 2015
at 03:55
  • msg #137

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

After recovering from lingering astonishment my mind returns to the mission. "Once again, did you all remember if Taisiya saw the map of Biff? This back door causes an issue for us. We need to determine where it is on the building. My original plan was to move around the back covertly into the ally, and use a hook and rope to climb up onto the roof. It would be easiest in the crevasse between the city wall and the warehouse. Once on top of the roof, one would remove a shingle or 2 and peer in the corner of the warehouse and listen for a while while the rest of the team would take up positions nearby out of sight and pull security. Without a back door it provides us with a large area we can hide in, however with the presence of a back door it makes it so people may walk right by that, the rest of us may have to take positions further away. It also depended upon how noisy the warehouse is. If is it pretty noisy, we can throw a rope and hook onto the roof without them noticing, but if it is quite in there, that is another story."

While I speak I notice Mikael has already taken action, moving to the warehouse.

"Mikeal! wait... we must not be discovered..." but he has already moved toward the warehouse.

"People, I need you to keep eyes on Mikael, if he is engaged in conversation we wait, but if he is subject to violence, or them trying to take him hostage, we need to move. Jaqueline, keep an eye on him with your bow! You are our eyes, ears, and range element. If things go terribly and we are engaged and need to retreat, we burn the place down. The confusion will give us time to escape while they are distracted with trying to put out the fire. If we are engaged, we need to give Mikael time to do recon while he is over there."

I step out the abandoned building we are in and motion to Mikael, I point to my watch and hold up 5 fingers, I then moving my hand around by my head in a circle, indicate to him to fall back in at the abandoned building (in 5 min.). I ready an action to whistle softly one time (like a bird) if any people are approaching near him and he needs to hide. I stay close to my buildings corner, using the darkness and my cloak to help me stay hidden. {Ryan, do I need a hide check here?}
{23:53, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 7 using 1d20. Move Silently Check, to corner of building; MQ.
23:53, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 9 using 1d20. Hide Check, by building; MQ.
I am not sure of the bonuses here due to darkness and distance etc.
}

I keep aware, especially while in a combat situation. I also listen by a crack in the building we are in for how loud the warehouse is.

{23:35, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 17 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
23:35, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}
Dwalin Grayhammer
player, 70 posts
HP: 39/39 AC:19
Items: axe, sheild
Tue 5 May 2015
at 09:46
  • msg #138

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Dwalin watches mikael."It's best that I don't try and sneak, I'm not exactly a sneaky person, and this armor doesn't help things"
05:47, Today: Dwalin Grayhammer rolled 6 using 1d20. listen.
05:47, Today: Dwalin Grayhammer rolled 18 using 1d20. spot check.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:48, Tue 05 May 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 350 posts
Tue 5 May 2015
at 16:52
  • msg #139

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Let’s see what’s going on here,” Mikael whispered. Swift and silent, he stepped out the partially boarded entrance of the abandoned shop and sharply turned toward the street. Realizing where he was going, Johannes leapt to his feet and hastened after him. Mikael was halfway down the road when Johannes leaned out from the street corner. Thankfully, Mikael noticed him and glanced back. Johannes tapped his wrist while noiselessly mouthing, “five minutes.”; Mikael smirked and replied with a thumbs up gesture (something he learned from humans). Turning back toward his goal, he surreptitiously continued across the road. Johannes returned back inside the building to his companions and joined them in peering through the wall just in time to see Mikael disappear behind the warehouse. Seconds later, there was a brief flash of light as the backdoor opened and closed. He was in. All there was left to do now was wait. [Private to Mikael Vaeltaja:

Turning the rear corner of the warehouse, Mikael stepped into the small alcove. The opening was no more than a couple feet wide. It was a cramped space. But squeezing through, he entered into a slightly larger area, a hidden pocket of the city. Enclosed on three sides by two tall buildings the towering wall, very little light reached the nook. To Mikael’s relief, the backdoor wasn’t too hard to find. Although it looked almost the same as the wall, the latch handle gave away the door’s location. As quietly as he could, he turned the knob to get a peek inside.

Not quietly enough.

The door suddenly blew wide open, and a hand instantly grabbed Mikael by the collar, pulling him inside. Another hand went over his mouth to keep him quiet. The door was closed behind him as swiftly and silently as it’d opened. “Mikael?” a voice whispered inches from his face. Gazing over the edge of a thick, green hand on his jaw, Mikael looked straight into the face of. . . Adwonus! The half-orc’s blue eyes stared at him in surprise. And he wasn’t alone. The backdoor had opened up behind a towering row of crates, perhaps fifteen feet high, blocking the rest of the warehouse from view but leaving a small walkway behind it. Even now, Mikael could hear voices and movement on the otherside. With Adwonus were two others, an elven woman with lengthy brown hair and a man with a thin black beard and pierced ears. Like Mikael, they clearly weren’t supposed to be here. And like Mikael, they were trying to sneak inside.

Now, I’m going to take my hand off you,” Adwonus whispered in a low growl. “Don’t make a sound, or the pirates will hear us, and kill us. Understand?” Adwonus lifted off his hand. Mikael silently nodded in reply. Even he realized the danger, that if there was a fight between them, they’d quickly be overwhelmed by pirates. Over Adwonus’ shoulder, through a thin gap between a column of crates, Mikael could see glimpses of men moving back and forth working in the warehouse. He was in a dangerous place.
]

I wish there were windows. Can’t see a thing,” Johannes stated in frustration. Imbellem placed his back against the wall and let himself slide to the floor. “I’m exhausted,” he uttered. “Exhausted?” Johannes inquired. “We slept only a little while ago!” “No, I mean emotionally exhausted,” Imbellem corrected. “Ah.” Johannes didn’t need to ask him what he meant; he knew precisely what he was feeling. “Can’t believe that girl,” Dwalin grumbled, speaking aloud what they were all thinking of. “Though now it makes sense why she joined us in the first place. Never did say. Or she’d just be vague about it.” Imbellem, still slouching on the floor, gazed upward at the ceiling, “I never really got to know her. But the whole thing is giving me trust issues.” “I don’t blame ya. That’s prol’ly a better state of mind in a place like this anyway. Humans cities. Hmph. There ne’er be this kind o’ fightin’ amongst dwarves, not between kin.” “That must be nice,” Imbellem earnestly commented. “You know. Not having your own kind try to kill you.” “Well we got goblins, orcs, an’ humans tryin’ to kill us instead.” He spoke the latter so stoically that Imbellem at first thought he was joking. Of course, he wasn’t, a fact Imbellem quickly came to. “Oh,” he responded, feeling obligated to atleast say something.

Deciding to turn back the conversation, Imbellem glanced at Jacqueline, “Sooo what do you think about this whole Taisiya thing?” Jacqueline didn’t reply. Instead, she remained crouched by a hole in the wall keeping an eye out for Mikael, impassive. Imbellem then realized she did indeed hear him, and was momentarily afraid he’d said something inappropriate, or hit a sensitive nerve. When Jacqueline didn’t say anything he decided not press it further. Imbellem eased back into a comfortable position, silent. Needless to say, that didn’t last long. “So shouldn’t Mikael be back by now?” “I think so,” Johannes replied. “It’s been, what?” “Six minutes,” Jacqueline answered flatly. She stood up and faced the others. “He should be back by now. I think- I think something didn’t go according to plan. . .

[Private to Imbellem Tueri: Knowledge Local ~ Nothing about Taisiya came to mind. She might not be local.

Sense Motive ~ They all appeared fairly distressed about this recent revelation, though some took it harder than others.
]
[Private to Lady Jacqueline Raynelde: Jacqueline could feel the tooth gently enclosed in her palm. Even as the others spoke, she tenderly moved it between her fingers. It wasn't a particular special looking tooth. Pointed at one end, wide, and ivory-colored, it indeed looked like the canine tooth of a dog. Or a wolf? The idea that it was a wolf seemed unlikely, here in the city where there were tons of stray dogs, but the thought brought strange recollections to mind. Memories that sent tingling sensations down her skin. Were they even memories? Or just dreams? Sometimes, after a long time, it became hard to tell the two apart. "Did I ever find him?"]
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:00, Tue 05 May 2015.
Mikael Vaeltaja
player, 46 posts
HP: 30/30 AC: 16(17)
Wed 6 May 2015
at 17:03
  • msg #140

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: Before I leave I take note of the man and the elven women. I try to determine their skill, class, and equipment they have on them.]

I gather my spear and attempt to not make any noise. I slowly open the door. Peeking my head through I make sure there's no one approaching. Once I see that it's clear and with another flash of light from the door, I'm out. I turn the corner to return to the group while wiping sweat from my forehead.


[Private to DM Ryan: {13:12, Today: Secret Roll: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 21 using 1d20+3. Spot Check, for other people approaching; MQ.
13:11, Today: Secret Roll: Mikael Vaeltaja rolled 16 using 1d20+7. Listen Check, for other people approaching; MQ
}
]
This message was last edited by the player at 17:20, Wed 06 May 2015.
Imbellem Tueri
player, 59 posts
HP: 40/40 AC: 16/16
Wed 6 May 2015
at 18:57
  • msg #141

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Mikael's unannounced entrance in the building caused Imbellem to jump with a squeak and reaching for his mace as he took quick steps toward the 'stranger' in the darkness. He made it almost halfway across the room before Dwalin extended his arm out, catching him in the gut, knocking the air out of him. Bloody dwarves... So short. And strong. Imbellem fell as the air escaped him, "Its Mikael, stupid. Relax." Uttered the dwarf. Looking up from his crumpled position he looked up at the half elf who stood snickering. Dwarves and elves can see better in the dark than a paranoid cleric. "Oh hey buddy," He coughed from the floor, waving his hand up toward him as he regained his lung capacity, "We were just about to burn the place down to save you... Literally." Imbellem raised up on shaking legs as Dwalin quickly reached down to grab his collar and quickly pulled up to his feet and held him steady for a moment until he was sure Imbellem could stand on his own. Imbellem simply patted the Dwarf's hand and nodded with an embarrassed grin. Looking back over at Mikael who whiped the sweat from his forhead he asked; "Well? What'd you see? whats going on?... did you learn anything? Where you followed??"

[Private to DM Ryan: Imbellem Tueri rolled 8 using 1d20+5. Heal check on Mikael, check for wounds or signs of injury.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 17 using 1d20+6. Spot check on Mikael, physical marks or sign of struggle.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 13 using 1d20+6. Spot check windows for strangers.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 10 using 1d20+5. Listen check for outside sounds.
Imbellem Tueri rolled 23 using 1d20+5. Sense motive Mikael, truthful information
Imbellem Tueri rolled 8 using 1d20+1. Knowledge Local on Warehouse .
]
This message was last edited by the player at 14:40, Thu 07 May 2015.
Lady Jacqueline Raynelde
player, 228 posts
HP:24/24 (SQ:20/24) AC:15
Items: Dress, brace, fasc
Fri 8 May 2015
at 02:43
  • msg #142

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to DM Ryan: I don't even know who 'he' is. Whatever, it's only a dream.] Jacqueline shook her head to clear her thoughts and looked out past Mikael to see about anyone following him. "Allow me, boys," she whispered, glaring wide-eyed outside.


{22:42, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 26 using 1d20+8. Listen.
22:41, Today: Secret Roll: Lady Jacqueline Raynelde rolled 25 using 1d20+8. Spot.}

Herr Johannes
player, 198 posts
HP: 44/44/44(SQ:44) AC:18
Cloak,Tunic, Shield,Armor
Fri 8 May 2015
at 04:42
  • msg #143

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

Relieved and excited by Mikaek's successful return, I whisper loudly and eagerly.
"Mikael! You have returned! Are you unscathed? Were you followed? Did anyone see you?
Where you detained longer because of especially good information?
What did you hear? Any important conversations?
What did you see? How many are in there? What do they look like? - men of war? Mere dock workers? Pirates? What sort of supplies are in there that you saw? How did you sneak in? Were there guards by the doors?"
A flurry of questions come forth from my mouth.
     I continue, "Could you tell who is in charge? Were there important documents we should acquire? Did you hear anything about the boar's tusk, Taisiya, Alldyde, Larlben, Kelden, Steyus, or any of their plans? Did you see or hear anything that could substantiate what Elora said? Is there perhaps truth to what she said?! Do we need to warn the forces of Kelden!?" My intensity builds with each question until I realize to ask, "Well, just tell me everything..." I chuckle to myself realizing the bombardment of questions. I guess it is understandable- this quest and events as of late has raised so many questions.

"Before we run in there again, we need to plan and all be in position! I am glad nothing happened to you. We did not discuss our plans if you are attacked or we are. There is so much to set up. Your scouting should allow us a much better perspective for set up though! Excellent!
     Speaking of planning and gathering knowledge before action, does this place seem familiar or do you all? Or do you have any other information on this place?I mean though any of your knowledge of living here?
"
{Ie can you all with ranks in Knowledge Local, do a knowledge local check on this area or the pirates, or this warehouse}

"Also, if possible, I would like Dwalin and myself to get a look at the people inside. We will be best suited to tell if they are trained in the use of weapons and combat." {ie we have the highest knowledge adventure bonus and will be able to best tell what class and relative strength they are to us.}

"Noticing Lady Jacqueline's keen vision and hearing, I mention, "That is why you are our eyes and ears." I smile, please with her abilities.

As usual I stay alert of my surroundings:
{00:46, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 18 using 1d20+1. Listen Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
00:45, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 11 using 1d20+1. Spot Check, Situational Awareness; MQ.
}

I also consider if this is at all related to any history I remember, I remember what I have read about the history of pirates in the region:
{00:54, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 16 using 1d20+1. Knowledge History, of this district and Pirates; MQ.}

I consider if my knowledge of history will shed any further light onto Taisiya. I also consider my knowledge of royalty and nobility if that might reveal any connections to Taisiya and any possible lineage.
{01:04, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 8 using 1d20+1. Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty), of Taisiya; MQ.
01:03, Today: Secret Roll: Herr Johannes rolled 19 using 1d20+1. Knowledge History, Taisiya; MQ.
}
This message was last edited by the player at 05:07, Fri 08 May 2015.
DM Ryan
GM, 352 posts
Fri 8 May 2015
at 16:48
  • msg #144

Re: Chapter 1: Shadows of Herrod - Part 3

[Private to Mikael Vaeltaja: “Well, uh, goodbye,” said Mikael. “Alright,” Adwonus replied simply. Cautiously he turned to leave. As he did so, he received a cold glare from the elven woman in Adwonus’ company, her purple eyes affixed to him - an unpleasant gaze to say the least. He decided to avoid eye contact. Mikael stepped out the door and attempted to softly close it behind him.

And failed. The latch escaped from his fingers. By no means did it slam shut, but there was more sound than he intended.

His blood suddenly went hot. Not waiting to see the results, he turned and got the hell out of there. Hastily he moved out of the alcove, across the street, and to the old storefront where his other companions were still supposed to be. Reaching the front of the building, he pushed open the door and ducked inside. His chest swelled with relief at the sight of his companions.
]
Mikael crouched beneath the rotted boards remaining on the door frame and re-entered the abandoned store. The party felt an ease of tension. As they had listened to the soft patter of approaching footsteps, they knew it was likely their elven companion, but that slight uncertainty was enough to wring their muscles taut. In the darkness of the night, they imagined scenarios of a patrol or guard, some foe, stumbling upon them in their hiding place. Johannes whispered plans of attack to the others, and their fingers lingered closely by the handles of their weapons. But it was indeed Mikael. Upon seeing his countenance, the anxiety faded and was replaced by an effulgent curiosity to know his adventures.

He appeared unscathed and there was a trace of excitement in his features. “Sorry for my lateness. But something happened that’ll very much interest you. I-

Someone’s coming,” Dwalin interrupted, taking his eye away from a hole in the wall. “He’s right! Three people!” Jacqueline added.

Once again feelings of trepidation rippled through the party, and they swiftly drew weapons from their belts and backs. “Positions, positions!” Johannes commandingly whispered. Party members hastened to a general order among them, moving with difficulty through the debris laden ground. Mikael spoke over the mobilizing, “Oops. This is my bad. But it’s not what you guys think. You see. . .” The group of intruders were drawing closer, their soft footsteps scarcely discernable through the wall as the came round to the front. Johannes fixated his eyes on the entrance. “. . . I ran into someone, someone I didn’t expect. . .” Moonlight casted shadows inside the building as people stepped in front of the doorframe. A face peered inside.

Yes, definitely unexpected,” spoke Adwonus.


Sign In